TransCore 0596465PT15 Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum transmitter User Manual 16 0038 001 E4H SG

TransCore Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum transmitter 16 0038 001 E4H SG

User Manual

TransCore8600 Jefferson Street NEAlbuquerque, New Mexico 87113March 2016P/N 16-0038-002Encompass® 4H Reader System
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideiiInformation in this document is subject to change and does not represent a commitment on the part of TransCore, LP. © 2015-2016 TransCore, LP. All rights reserved. TRANSCORE, AMTECH, EGO, and ENCOMPASS are registered trademarks and are used under license. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. Contents are subject to change. Printed in the U.S.A.For further information, contact:TransCore8600 Jefferson Street NEAlbuquerque, New Mexico 87113 USA Technical SupportPhone: (505) 856-8007Web: transcore.com/rfidsupportFor comments or questions about this document, e-mail tech.pubs@transcore.com.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideiiiFCC RADIO FREQUENCY INTERFERENCE STATEMENT47 CFR §15.105(a)NOTE: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial environment. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate RF energy and may cause harmful interference to radio communications if not installed and used in accordance with the instruction manual. Operating this equipment in a residential area is likely to cause harmful interference, in which case, depending on the laws in effect, the user may be required to correct the interference at their own expense.NO UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICATIONS47 CFR §15.21CAUTION: This equipment may not be modified, altered, or changed in any way without permission from TransCore, LP. Unauthorized modification may void the equipment authorization from the FCC and will void the TransCore warranty.USE OF SHIELDED CABLES IS REQUIRED47 CFR §15.27(a)NOTE: Shielded cables must be used with this equipment to comply with FCC regulations.INDUSTRY CANADA COMPLIANCE STATEMENTRSS 247This device complies with Industry Canada’s license-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference; and(2) This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. TransCore, LPUSANOTE: For IEC60950 compliance, this unit must be used in conjunction with a certified limited power source (LPS). The LPS should be rated for 16-20VAC output voltage, 3Amps maximum output current or 16-28VDC 3Amps maximum output current, and limited to less than 100VA apparent power.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideivDÉCLARATION SUR LE BROUILLAGE RADIOÉLECTRIQUE, CONFORMÉMENT AUX EXIGENCES DE LA FCC47 CFR §15.105(a)NOTE : Cet appareil a été testé et jugé conforme aux limites établies pour un dispositif numérique de classe A, selon la partie 15 des règlements de la FCC. Ces limites visent à assurer un degré raisonnable de protection contre le brouillage préjudiciable lorsque l’appareil est utilisé dans un environnement commercial. Cet appareil génère, utilise et peut diffuser de l’énergie sous forme de radiofréquences (RF) et peut causer un brouillage préjudiciable aux communications radio s’il n’est pas installé conformément au mode d’emploi. L’utilisation de cet appareil en zone résidentielle est susceptible de causer un brouillage préjudiciable, auquel cas, selon la réglementation applicable, l’utilisateur pourrait être tenu d'éliminer le signal parasite à ses propres frais.AUCUNE MODIFICATION SANS AUTORISATION47 CFR §15.21MISE EN GARDE: Cet appareil ne peut en aucune façon être modifié, altéré ou transformé sans l’autorisation de TransCore, LP. Toute modification non autorisée pourrait invalider l’autorisation de la FCC au regard de l’appareil et annulera la garantie de TransCore.UTILISATION DE CÂBLES BLINDÉS ET MISE À LA TERRE47 CFR §15.27(a)NOTE : Il est recommandé d’utiliser des câbles blindés et de mettre l’appareil à la terre pour assurer la conformité aux règlements de la FCC.INDUSTRIE CANADA DÉCLARATION DE CONFORMITÉRSS 247Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes : (1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.TransCore, LPÉtats-Unis
Encompass 4H Reader System GuidevHealth Limits for Encompass 4H Reader UsingIntegrated Antenna (902 to 928 MHz)Within the United States, environmental guidelines regulating safe exposure lev-els are issued by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA).Section 1910.97 of OSHA Safety and Health Standards 2206 legislates a maxi-mum safe exposure limit of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2) aver-aged over 6 minutes at 915 MHz.Although not binding, other organizations such as the American National Stan-dards Institute (ANSI) and Health Canada Safety Code 6 (2009) have issued simi-lar guidelines that are more restrictive than the OSHA limits (ANSI C95.1). Health Canada Safety Code 6 guidelines recommend a maximum safe power den-sity in W/m2, 0.02619ƒ0.6834. Thus, the maximum permissible exposure for general population/uncontrolled exposure at 915 MHz is 2.77 W/m2. The power limit is a six-minute average.The RF power density generated by the Encompass 4H Reader was calculated using a maximum antenna gain of 11 dBi, equivalent to the antenna gain of the integrated antenna.WarningAt 0.291 W transmitted power and a distance of 13 inches (33 cm) from the reader, the maximum power density calculated was less than 2.77 W/m2. Install the reader at least 13 inches (33 cm) from the general public. Maintenance per-sonnel must remain at least 4.8 inches (12.3 cm) from reader when system is operating.The data confirms that the TransCore Encompass 4H Reader effectively meets OSHA requirements and thus does not represent an operating hazard to either the general public or maintenance personnel.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideviLimites d’innocuité du lecteur Encompass 4H utilisé avec une antenne interne (902 à 928 MHz)Aux États-Unis, les directives environnementales concernant les niveaux d’exposition acceptables sont émises par l’OSHA (Occupational Safety and Health Administra-tion).L’article 1910.97 de la norme de santé et de sécurité 2206 de l’OSHA fixe la limite d’exposition acceptable à une moyenne de 10 milliwatts par centimètre carré (mW/cm2) sur une période de 6 minutes à 915 MHz.D’autres organismes de normalisation tels que l’ANSI (American National Standards Institute) et le Code de sécurité 6 de Santé Canada ont émis des directives similaires, mais non obligatoires, qui fixent des limites plus restrictives que celles de l’OSHA (notamment la norme ANSI C95.1). Les normes de Santé Canada Code de sécurité 6 recommandent de ne pas dépasser la densité de puissance suivante, exprimée en W/m2 0,02619ƒ0,6834Ainsi, le niveau maximal d’exposition permis pour la population générale et les situa-tions d’exposition non contrôlée à 915 MHz est de 2,77 W/m2 en moyenne sur une période de 6 minutes.La densité de puissance des RF générées par le lecteur Encompass 4H utilisé a été cal-culée pour un gain d’antenne maximal de 11,0 dBi, soit l’équivalent du gain de antenne interne.Mise en gardeAvec une puissance transmise de 0,291 W, la densité de puissance maximale calcu-lée à 13 pouces (33 cm) de l’antenne était inférieure à 2,77 W/m2. Par mesure de précaution, installer l’antenne à au moins 13 pouces (33 cm) de la population géné-rale. Le personnel d’entretien doit se tenir à au moins 4.8 pouces (12,3 cm) de l’antenne lorsque le système est en cours d’utilisation.Les données confirment que l’utilisation de Encompass 4H utilisé répond aux exigences de l’OSHA et ne présente pas de danger lié à son utilisation, que ce soit pour la population générale ou le personnel d’entretien.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideviiSummary of Revisions to Encompass 4H Reader System GuideVersion Number Date Revised Summary of ChangesN/A 05/15 Entry for baseline002 3/16 Added information about power source. Minor updates Chap 7 and 8, Appendix D
Encompass 4H Reader System Guideviii
viiHealth Limits for Encompass 4H Reader UsingIntegrated Antenna (902 to 928 MHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-vLimites d’innocuité du lecteur Encompass 4H utilisé avec une antenne interne (902 à 928 MHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-viSummary of Revisions to Encompass 4H Reader System Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-viiList of Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-xixList of Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-xxi1 IntroductionPurpose. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Audience. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3System Guide Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5System Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6How It Works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72 Developing the Site PlanOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Reading of Mixed Population Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3Reader and Tag Alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4Polarization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Unobstructed Line of Sight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Site Layout and Traffic Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8The Encompass 4H Reader Read Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Other Encompass 4 Readers in the Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Lane Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9Gate with Center Island Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Parking Garage with Ticket Island Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Overhead Reader Installation Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Lane Configurations for Encompass 4H Readers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideviiiReflection, Refraction, and Diffraction of RF Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12Existing Interference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Electrical and Communications Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Junction Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Power and Communications Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Power Extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Host Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15RS–232 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17RS–422 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Wiegand Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17Input/Output Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-183 Choosing, Installing, and Removing TagsCompatible Tag Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Reader and Tag Model Interoperability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3TransCore’s eGo Plus Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4eGo Plus Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5eGo Plus License Plate Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5TransCore’s eGo Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6eGo Windshield Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6eGo License Plate Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Installing eGo Plus Sticker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Positioning eGo Plus Sticker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Mirror Post Attached on Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Mirror Post Attached on Header . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Large Truck with No Inside Mirror. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9eGo Plus Sticker Tag Installation Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Removing eGo Plus Sticker Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Installing eGo Plus Security Sticker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag Installation Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11Removing eGo Plus Security Sticker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Installing eGo Plus License Plate Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Positioning eGo Plus License Plate Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13eGo Plus LPT Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13Installing eGo Windshield Sticker Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
ixPositioning eGo Windshield Sticker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Mirror Post Attached Low On Windshield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Mirror Post Attached High on Windshield. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Mirror Post Attached to Headliner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Mounting the eGo Windshield Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Removing eGo Windshield Sticker Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Installing eGo LPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Installing Interior ATA Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Positioning ATA Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Interior Driver’s or Passenger’s Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19Interior Center Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19ATA Interior Tag Installation Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Removing Interior ATA Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Installing ATA License Plate Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21Positioning ATA License Plate Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22ATA License Plate Tag Installation Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Types of Bumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Alternate Mounting Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Installation Procedures Using Tape. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Installation Procedures Using Blind Rivets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Removing Exterior Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-264 Installing the Encompass 4H ReaderInstallation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Materials Supplied by TransCore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Contents of Shipping Carton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3Installation Accessory Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Additional Materials Needed for Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Pre-installation Testing of the Encompass 4H Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Using an Audible Circuit Tester . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Connecting the AC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Connecting the DC Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Connecting Communications for Bench Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Connecting for Bench Testing with RS–232 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader Colored-Wire Pair Cable. . . . . . . . . 4-9
Encompass 4H Reader System GuidexConnecting for Bench Testing with RS–422 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Bench Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Before Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10Mounting the Encompass 4H Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Mounting the Encompass 4H Reader on a Round Pole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Required Materials To Be Supplied by Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12Mounting the Encompass 4H Reader to a Wall or Flat Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Connecting the Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19Reader Cable Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Connecting Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader to the PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21RS–232 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader Colored-Wire Pair Cable. . . . . . . . 4-22RS–422 Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Wiegand Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Connecting Sense Input and Sense Output Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Sense Input Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25Sense Output Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27Marking the Read Zone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Required Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-305 General Software InformationCommand Entry Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Command Response Conventions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Operating Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Power Fail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Program Download . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Download Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5Download Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Startup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Sign-On Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Boot Failure Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6Tag/Message Buffer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
xi6 Communications ProtocolsIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3Basic Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Error Correcting Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4Data Inquiry Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Basic Protocol and ECP Format. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5Reader Transmissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5ECP Host ACK/NAK Response. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6Switch to Command Mode Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7Host Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8Reader Command Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Sample Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Reader Transmissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9Host Command Transmissions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10Timing and Synchronization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11Reader-Addressed Failure Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Illegal Sequence Number (not in the range 0–9, A–F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Wrong Sequence Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12Incorrect CRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Illegal Command. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Transmission Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Receive Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Asynchronous Message/Command Message Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Host-Addressed Failure Conditions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Illegal or Wrong Sequence Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Incorrect CRC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Transmission Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13Receive Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Asynchronous Message/Command Message Collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14ECP Reliability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14CRC Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14Manually Disabling ECP for Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-177 CommandsIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Operating Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Encompass 4H Reader System GuidexiiData Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3Command Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Download Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Reader Mode Control — Command Group 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-500 Switch to Data Mode (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-501 Switch to Command Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5Communications Port Control — Command Group 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6100N Select Baud Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6101N Select Stop Bits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6102N Select Parity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Command Group 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-720 Set Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-721 Set Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-822 Display Time and Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8Append Information — Command Group 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-830N Append Time and Date Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-831N Append Auxiliary Information Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9#320 Disable EAC Page Append (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10#321 Enable EAC Page Append . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10ID Filtering — Command Group 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1140 Transmit All ID Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11410N Select Unique ID Code Criteria (Anti-passback Feature) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11420N Select Valid ID Code Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12440 Reset Uniqueness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1244N Set Uniqueness Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12450 Disable Wiegand Mode (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13451 Enable Wiegand Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13452 Disable Tag Translation Mode (Factory Default). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13453 Enable Tag Translation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14454 Disable Multi-tag Sort (Factory Default). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14455 Enable Multi-tag Sort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14456 Enable eGo Plus Tag Initialization During Multi-tag Sort (Factory Default) 7-14457 Disable eGo Plus Tag Initialization During Multi-tag Sort . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14458 Disable Second Alternate Group Select (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15459 Enable Second Alternate Group Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15480 Disable ATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15481 Enable ATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15482 Disable eGo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15483 Enable eGo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15484 Disable SeGo. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16485 Enable SeGo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16486 Disable IAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16487 Enable IAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16488 Disable eATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16489 Enable eATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16490 Disable Third Alternate Group Select (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
xiii491 Enable Third Alternate Group Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16492 Disable Fourth Alternate Group Select (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16493 Enable Fourth Alternate Group Select. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17494 Disable Fifth Alternate Group Select (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17495 Enable Fifth Alternate Group Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17496 Disable Alternate Group Select (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17497 Enable Alternate Group Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17Reader Status — Command Group 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18505 Display Software Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18506 Display Hardware Configuration Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18510 Display RF Transceiver FPGA Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18511 Display RF Transceiver I Filter Chip Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18512 Display RF Transceiver Q Filter Chip Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18513 Display DSP Board Actel Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18520 Display Power Fail Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-18521 Display Reader ID Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19522 Display Communications Port Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19524 Display Appended Information Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20525 Display Communications Protocol Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20526 Display I/O Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21527 Display RF Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23529 Display Presence Input Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24530 Display RF0 Filter Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-26532 Display Wiegand Mode Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27533 Display Wiegand Retransmit Interval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27534 Display Tag Translation Mode Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27537 Display Echo Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27540 Display Flash Checksum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28543 Display Boot Checksum. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28549 Display User-Programmable Group Select Equals (GSE) Filter Data. . . . 7-28560 Request Sensor Status Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28570 Display Tag Protocols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29577 Report Buffered Handshakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29#582 Display Synchronization Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29Reader Control Functions — Command Group 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3060NN Set Reader ID Number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30610 Select Basic Communication Protocol (Factory Default). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30611 Select Error Correcting Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30612NN Select Error Correcting Protocol Timeout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30613 Enable Data Inquiry Protocol. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31614N Select Flow Control Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-316170 Disable Echo Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-326171 Enable Echo Mode (Factory Default). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32620N Set Output Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32621 Select Predefined Output Control (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3363 Reset Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33640N RF Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33641 Select RF-by-Input Control (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Encompass 4H Reader System Guidexiv643NN Select ATA Operating Range (Distance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34644NN Set RF Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34645NN Set eGo and eGo Plus Operating Range (Distance) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35646XX Set IAG RF Attenuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35#648NN Set Synchronization Output Delay Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35#649NN Set Synchronization Hold Off Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3665 Reset Power Fail Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3766F Load Default Operating Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3767N Set Output Pulse Duration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37690N Select Presence Without Tag Report Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38692N Select RF Control Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39693N Select RF Timeout Period. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39694N Select Input Inversion Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40695S...S Set Serial Number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41696S...S Store Hardware Configuration String. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41697 Set User-Programmable Group Select Equals (GSE) Filter . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42Auxiliary Reader Control — Command Group 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4382N Select Input Status Change Report Option. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43830 Disable Automatic Periodic RF Status Report (Factory Default) . . . . . . . . 7-43831 Enable Automatic Periodic RF Status Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-438 Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader Configuring the Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3General Configuration Labeling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Default Operating Parameter Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Configuring Parameters with Terminal Emulation Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5Starting the Terminal Emulation Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Verifying Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8Verifying Tag Read Capability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Configuring Encompass 4H Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12Appended Tag Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13ID Separation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13Reset Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14RF Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Vehicle Detector Controlling RF Transmission. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-15Host Controlling RF Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Continuous RF Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Sense Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Sense Output Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16Serial Port Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Port Configuration Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17Communications Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18Software Flow Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18
xvFine-Tuning and Verifying the Read Zone. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Physically Orienting the Encompass 4H Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Fine-Tuning the Read Zone by Lowering Output Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19Fine-tuning the Read Zone by Adjusting Sensitivity Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-209 Troubleshooting and MaintenanceError Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Encompass 4H Reader Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6Marketing Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7Find a Problem with the Encompass 4H Reader or Have Suggestions? . . . . . . . 9-7A GlossaryB Technical SpecificationsReader Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3Communications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3Hardware Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3Power Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3Physical Attributes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-3Environmental Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B-4C Wiring TablesCommunications Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-3Cable Supplied with the Encompass 4H Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4RS–232 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5RS–422 Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6Wiegand Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7Power Supply Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7AC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7Low-Voltage DC Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9
Encompass 4H Reader System GuidexviInput/Output Cabling Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-10Summary Table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-14D Command Quick ReferenceCommand Syntax. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3Factory Default Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3Numerical Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5Alphabetical Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17E Compatible Tag InformationTag Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3Tag Data Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-6
Encompass 4H Reader System GuidexixList of FiguresFigure 1-1 Encompass 4H Reader System Front and Side Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6Figure 2-1 Tag and Reader Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5Figure 2-2 Encompass 4H Reader Location Relative to Tag Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6Figure 2-3 Typical Tag Positions for U.S. Driver’s Side Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Figure 2-4 Typical Tag Positions for U.S. Passenger’s Side Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7Figure 2-5 Typical Tag Positions Used with Overhead Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8Figure 2-6 Gate Application with Center Island . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10Figure 2-7 Parking Garage Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-11Figure 2-8 Overhead Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-12Figure 3-1 eGo Plus Windshield Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Figure 3-2 eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5Figure 3-3 eGo Plus License Plate Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Figure 3-4 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Figure 3-5 eGo License Plate Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7Figure 3-6 eGo Plus Sticker Tag Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8Figure 3-7 eGo Plus Sticker Tag Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Figure 3-8 eGo Plus Sticker Tag Placement in Large Truck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9Figure 3-9 Applying eGo Plus Sticker Tag to Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Figure 3-10 Second Step of eGo Plus Sticker Tag Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10Figure 3-11 Applying eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag to Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Figure 3-12 Second Step of eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12Figure 3-13 Correct Mounting Location for LPT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Figure 3-14 Correct Tag Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14Figure 3-15 Upper Placement Over the Top Area of the License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15Figure 3-16 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag Placement Option A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16Figure 3-17 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag Placement Option B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Figure 3-18 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag Placement Option C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17Figure 3-19 Driver’s or Passenger’s Side (U.S.) Interior Windshield Tag Location . . . . . . . . . 3-19Figure 3-20 Upper Center Interior Windshield Tag Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Figure 3-21 Hook-and-Loop Material on Interior Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20Figure 3-22 Proper Tag Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22Figure 3-23 Correct Exterior Tag Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23Figure 3-24 Upper Placement In License Plate Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Figure 3-25 Obstruction-Free Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24Figure 3-26 Spacer Positioned Behind Tag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25Figure 3-27 Exterior Tag with Double-Sided Tape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26Figure 4-1 Wiring for Audible Circuit Tester . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5Figure 4-2 Pin Assignments for Signal to Host Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Figure 4-3 Back of the Encompass 4H Reader (reader shown has integrated antenna) . . . . . 4-13Figure 4-4 Factory-Mounted Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Figure 4-5 Pole-Mount Bracket Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13Figure 4-6 The Encompass 4H Reader Attached to the Pole Mount Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14Figure 4-7 Front and Top Views of the Encompass 4H Reader Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15Figure 4-8 Wall Mount Bracket Accessory (part number 54-1620-001) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16Figure 4-9 Wall Mount Bracket Attached to the Encompass 4H Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17Figure 4-10 Factory-Mounted Bracket Attached to Wall Mount Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18Figure 4-11 Pole Mount Bracket Attached to Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Encompass 4H Reader System GuidexxFigure 4-12 Connecting the Encompass 4H Assembly to Pole Mount Bracket . . . . . . . . . . . .4-19Figure 4-13 Recommended Reader Cable Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-20Figure 4-14 RS-232 Cable Extension Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-23Figure 4-15 Wiegand Cable Extension Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25Figure 4-16 Sample Circuit Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26Figure 4-17 Sample Circuit Connections for IAG Installations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-26Figure 4-18 Sample Read Zone Marking Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-32Figure 7-1 Example of Synchronization Bus Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36Figure 8-1 Connection Description Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-6Figure 8-2 Phone Number Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Figure 8-3 COM 1 Properties Dialog Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7Figure 8-4 Hyper Terminal Main Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8Figure 8-5 Sign-on Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9Figure 8-6 Successful Tag Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11Figure 8-7 Second Successful Tag Read . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12Figure 8-8 Encompass 4H Reader RF Control Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15Figure C-1 DB9 and DB25 Connector Pin Assignments for Signal to Host. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-4
ContentsxxiList of TablesTable 1-1 Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5Table 2-1 Connector Cabling Accessory Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13Table 2-2 Power Supply Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14Table 2-3 Recommended Cable Length from Transformer to the Encompass 4H Reader . . . 2-15Table 2-4 Communications Interfaces and Conductor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15Table 3-1 Tags Read by the Encompass 4H Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3Table 3-2 eGo Plus Tag Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4Table 3-3 eGo Tag Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6Table 4-1 Installation Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4Table 4-2 AC Transformer Connections for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Table 4-3 Low Voltage DC Cable Connections for the Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6Table 4-4 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9Table 4-5 Commands for Bench Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11Table 4-6 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22Table 4-7 RS–422 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23Table 4-8 Wiegand Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24Table 4-9 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28Table 5-1 Four-Character Command Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3Table 5-2 Sample Command Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4Table 7-1 Select Baud Rate Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Table 7-2 Select Stop Bits Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6Table 7-3 Select Parity Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7Table 7-4 Append Time and Date Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Table 7-5 Append Auxiliary Information Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9Table 7-6 Unique ID Code Criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11Table 7-7 Select Valid Code Commands and Frames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12Table 7-8 Open/Closed Conditions for Output Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22Table 7-9 Open/Closed Conditions for Output Status (IAG Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Table 7-10 Open/Closed Conditions for Input Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23Table 7-11 Flow Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31Table 7-12 Output Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32Table 7-13 RF Control Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-33Table 7-14 RF Attenuation Command Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34Table 7-15 Example of Encompass 4H Reader Plaza Synchronization Bus Settings . . . . . . . 7-37Table 7-16 Output Pulse Duration Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38Table 7-17 Presence Without Tag Report Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Table 7-18 RF Control Algorithm Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39Table 7-19 Timeout Period Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40Table 7-20 Input Inversion Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41Table 7-21 Input Status Change Report Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43Table 8-1 Encompass 4H Reader Configuration Label Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3Table 8-2 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-4Table 8-3 Command Sequence to Verify Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10Table 9-1 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3Table 9-2 Symptoms and Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4Table C-1 Communications Interfaces and Conductor Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C-3Table C-2 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5
Encompass 4 Reader System GuidexxiiTable C-3 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-5Table C-4 RS–422 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6Table C-5 RS–422 Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-6Table C-6 Wiegand Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7Table C-7 Wiegand Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7Table C-8 AC Transformer Connections for Colored-Wire Pair Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-7Table C-9 AC Transformer Connections for Alternate Wire Cable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9Table C-10 Low Voltage DC Cable Connections for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9Table C-11 Low Voltage DC Cable Connections for Alternate Wire Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C-9Table C-12 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable . . . . . . . . C-10Table C-13 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments for Alternate Wire Cable . . . . . . . . . . . C-12Table C-14 All Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable or Alternate Wire Cable. . . C-14Table D-1 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-3Table D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-5Table D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D-17Table E-1 SeGo Protocol Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-3Table E-2 eGo Protocol Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4Table E-3 ATA Protocol Tags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E-4
1Introduction
Introduction1-3Chapter 1Introduction This chapter is the introduction to this manual and provides information pertaining to the audience, organization, document conventions, system description, and license information for the Encompass® 4H Reader System. PurposeThis guide provides site planning and testing, installing, and operating instructions for TransCore’s Encompass 4H Reader System, a dual-protocol reader that reads TransCore Super eGo® (SeGo), Intellitag®-based eGo, American Trucking Associa-tions (ATA)/International Organization for Standardization (ISO), and Inter-Agency Group (IAG) tag protocols. Before you begin installing the Encompass 4H Reader System, TransCore recommends that you read this entire manual.AudienceThis document is intended to be used by authorized TransCore Encompass 4H Reader System dealers, installers, and service personnel. Because the Encompass 4H Reader System has no operator- or end-user serviceable components or features, no end-user manual or operator guide exists. Once the system is set up and tested by the authorized installer, Encompass 4H Reader System operation requires no end-user intervention.System Guide OrganizationThe chapters of this guide and a description of the contents are listed here. •Chapter 1, “Introduction,” explains the purpose and describes the audience for the guide, outlines the manual’s organization, provides a brief description of the Encompass 4H Reader system, and discusses Federal Communications Commis-sion (FCC) licensing requirements.•Chapter 2, “Developing the Site Plan,” discusses factors to be considered when developing the site plan and before ordering equipment and installing the Encom-pass 4H Reader System. These considerations include reader and tag alignment, site layout and traffic flow, and electrical and communications requirements.•Chapter 3, “Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags,” contains information on
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide1-4compatible tag models and provides procedures for installing tags onto, and removing tags from, vehicles that use the facility where the Encompass 4H Reader System is installed.•Chapter 4, “Installing the Encompass 4H Reader System,” lists the materials needed and provides procedures to install the Encompass 4H Reader System. Steps include:• Pre-testing• Installing the Encompass 4H Reader System on a round pole or flat surface• Connecting power and communications• Marking the read zone.•Chapter 5, “General Software Information,” and Chapter 6, “Communications Protocols,” provide reference information on various software-related topics and communications protocols.•Chapter 7, “Commands,” discusses the host-transmitted commands that are used to control Encompass 4H Reader System configuration and operation.•Chapter 8, “Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader System,” provides procedures for configuring and fine-tuning the Encompass 4H Reader System after installing it at the site.•Chapter 9, “Troubleshooting and Maintenance,” answers the most commonly asked questions about installing and maintaining the Encompass 4H Reader Sys-tem.•Appendix A, “Glossary,” contains frequently used terms.•Appendix B, “Technical Specifications,” provides the Encompass 4H Reader Sys-tem specifications.•Appendix C, “Wiring Tables,” shows the wiring connections for the communica-tions interfaces, electrical cable connections, and the external interface signal wir-ing.•Appendix D, “Command Quick Reference,” lists the Encompass 4H Reader Sys-tem factory default configuration settings and provides host software commands in numerical and alphabetical order.•Appendix E, “Compatible Tag Information,” provides helpful information about tags that are compatible with the Encompass 4H Reader System.•Index provides an alphabetical listing of guide topics.
Introduction1-5Typographical ConventionsThe conventions listed in Table 1-1 are used in this manual:Table 1-1 Typographical ConventionsConvention IndicationConcerns about a procedure.Code Code, including keywords and variables within text and as separate paragraphs, and user-defined program elements within text appear in courier typeface.Dialog Box Title Title of a dialog box as it appears on screen.Menu Item Appears on a menu. Capitalization follows the interface.Note Auxiliary information that further clarifies the current discussion. These important points require the user’s attention. The paragraph is in italics and the word Note is bold.NUL Zero-value ASCII character or a zero-value byte.NULL Zero-value pointers. Null-terminated string refers to strings of printable ASCII characters with a zero-value byte placed in memory directly after the last printable character of the string.This procedure might cause harm to the equipment and/or the user.System DescriptionThe Encompass 4H Reader System is a dual-protocol reader supporting the low-cost, high-performance SeGo radio frequency identification (RFID) technology. SeGo tech-nology provides the capability to read miniature RFID tags in a myriad of options including rugged, durable, or thin flexible forms such as the eGo Plus Sticker Tag. The Encompass 4H Reader System also supports legacy transportation applications such as gated toll, parking, or security gate access and is designed to be compatible with existing TransCore SmartPass® parking access control applications. The Encompass
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide1-64H Reader System also supports the TransCore eGo and TransCore full frame and half frame ATA/ISO tag types, as well as the IAG tag protocol.ReaderThe Encompass 4H Reader System consists of an input/output (I/O) module, a power supply, a reader logic board (also called a tag decoder), a radio frequency (RF) trans-mitter/receiver (called the RF module), and a patch antenna. These Encompass 4H Reader System components are contained in a highly reliable, compact, and easy-to-install environmentally-sealed package. Figure 1-1 shows the front and side views of an Encompass 4H Reader System.Figure 1-1 Encompass 4H Reader System Front and Side ViewsTagsThe Encompass 4H Reader System has the capability to read TransCore SeGo proto-col tags, the Intellitag-based eGo protocol tags, TransCore ATA protocol, and TransCore ISO-compliant read-only full- and half-frame tags, as well as IAG protocol tags.How It WorksThe Encompass 4H Reader System directs the RF module to generate an RF signal, which is broadcast through the integrated antenna. Entering the Encompass 4H Reader System’s reading range, a TransCore RFID tag installed on a vehicle or other object to be tracked adds its programmed identification information to the signal and reflects the signal back to the Encompass 4H Reader System. The Encompass 4H Reader Sys-tem receives this modified, or modulated signal, and decodes the tag data carried by the reflected signal and transmits this data to a local host computer for processing.
Introduction1-7Technical SupportAuthorized dealers and distributors are responsible for the direct support of all customers. Authorized dealers and distributors needing technical support can contact:Technical SupportPhone: (505) 856-8007Web: transcore.com/rfidsupportPlease be prepared to answer a series of questions that are designed to direct you to the best support resource available.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide1-8
2Developing the Site Plan
Developing the Site Plan2-3Chapter 2Developing the Site PlanThis chapter discusses site plan development for installing the Encompass® 4H Reader System.OverviewDeveloping a site plan provides the foundation for the site’s system design and estab-lishes the number and general location of primary components.Also, consider the following factors when developing a site plan:•Type of tags used in the facility•Reader and tag alignment•Site layout and traffic flow•Encompass 4H Reader mounting requirements•Encompass 4H Reader electrical requirements•Encompass 4H Reader communications requirementsThese factors provide relevant information regarding each site’s physical and electro-magnetic environment and the conditions under which the system must perform.Reading of Mixed Population TagsThe Encompass 4H Reader reads TransCore’s Super eGo® (SeGo) protocol tags, the American Trucking Association (ATA) and International Organization for Standard-ization (ISO) read-only tags, whether powered by battery or beam, application-spe-cific integrated circuit (ASIC)-based tags with Intellitag technology, or Inter-Agency Group (IAG) tags. The reader can read the ATA or ISO read-only tags in the presence of Intellitag-based tags; however, attempting to read an Intellitag-based tag in the presence of an ATA or ISO read-only tag is not recommended.CautionAttempting to read an Intellitag-based tag in the presence of an ATA or ISO read-only tag may provide unreliable results.The factors that influence the readability include, but are not limited to physical orien-tation and configuration, type of read-only tag, ratio of backscatter cross-section of the tags, and whether the tag is battery- or beam-powered.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-4Reader and Tag AlignmentThe position of the Encompass 4H Reader and placement of the tag on the vehicle must be compatible. Also, consider any existing tagged vehicles now using the facility to determine the optimal Encompass 4H Reader location and orientation at the site.Note: If any of the vehicles using your facility already have tags, such as those used in toll applications, contact TransCore for information about mixed-tag installations before you plan tag type, location, and programming.Three primary criteria must be satisfied to achieve the highest read reliability:•Polarization of the tag and the Encompass 4H Reader must be aligned in the same direction — both horizontal.•The installed tag must be in a direct, unobstructed line of sight to the Encompass 4H Reader.•Tags designed to be mounted in a vehicle windshield must be mounted in the vehi-cle’s windshield, and tags designed to be mounted on the exterior surface of the vehicle must be mounted on the exterior surface of the vehicle.CautionA tag may not be reliably read unless the preceding criteria are met.
Developing the Site Plan2-5PolarizationThe polarization of the tag must be aligned in the same direction as the Encompass4H Reader, as shown in Figure 2-1.Note: Matching the tag and reader polarization is critical to obtain optimal system performance.Figure 2-1 Tag and Reader Orientation
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-6Unobstructed Line of SightFor optimum readability, install the Encompass 4H Reader and the vehicle’s tag so that when the vehicle approaches the Encompass 4H Reader, the tag is directly facing the reader and the line of sight is clear between the Encompass 4H Reader and the tag. If a fence or barrier is between the tag and the reader, the Encompass 4H Reader can-not reliably read the tags. Figure 2-2 illustrates possible installation locations of an Encompass 4H Reader in relation to a tag’s mounting location on a vehicle. If the tags are not in the recommended location, reliable optimum operation requires lower vehi-cle speeds. Figure 2-2 Encompass 4H Reader Location Relative to Tag Position
Developing the Site Plan2-7If the Encompass 4H Reader is installed on a pole or wall to the left of the vehicle, optimal tag position is on the left side of the vehicle as illustrated in Figure 2-3.Figure 2-3 Typical Tag Positions for U.S. Driver’s Side ReaderIf an Encompass 4H Reader is installed on a pole or wall to the right of the vehicle, optimal tag position is on the right side of the vehicle as illustrated in Figure 2-4.Figure 2-4 Typical Tag Positions for U.S. Passenger’s Side Reader
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-8If the Encompass 4H Reader is installed in an overhead location, optimal tag position is in the top center of the windshield in the area behind the rear view mirror or on the vehicle’s front license plate or center bumper as illustrated in Figure 2-5.Figure 2-5 Typical Tag Positions Used with Overhead ReaderNote: Metallized coatings on some vehicle windshields and windows shield the RF energy emitted by the Encompass 4H Reader and may cause tags to be misread. Many metallized windshields have areas that are not metallized in which the tag can be placed and reasonable results achieved. If there are no openings in the metallized coating in which to install an interior tag, install exterior-type tags on the exterior of the vehicle.Refer to Chapter Chapter 3, ”Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags” for more detailed information on tag positioning.Site Layout and Traffic FlowThe following site layout and traffic flow considerations are critical when determining Encompass 4H Reader installation locations:•The Encompass 4H Reader read zone•Other Encompass 4H Reader units in the area•Lane configurations•Reflection, refraction, and diffraction of RF signals •Existing signal interference at the site
Developing the Site Plan2-9The Encompass 4H Reader Read ZoneThe Encompass 4H Reader must be able to read the tag data properly within a speci-fied area, called the read zone, without reading other nearby tags or interfering with other Encompass 4H Readers at the site. The following are some of the factors that affect the size and shape of the read zone:•Mounting method used (pole or wall mount)•Mounting location (overhead or side mount)•Height from the ground and mounting angle•Indoor or outdoor location•RF output attenuation•Range discrimination setting•Other sources of interference and reflection The Encompass 4H Reader must be positioned to allow the RF signal to travel to and return from the tags within the designated range and be placed in an area where it is not likely to be bumped out of alignment. If the reader becomes misaligned or some nearby structure is added or removed, system operation can be seriously affected. For instructions on setting the read zone, see “Fine-Tuning and Verifying the Read Zone” on page 8-19.Other Encompass 4 Readers in the AreaEncompass 4 Readers may not operate accurately if they directly face each other or are positioned back-to-back. Lane ConfigurationsTransCore recommends that traffic be guided through a controlled lane to consistently obtain accurate tag readings and to prevent physical damage to the Encompass 4H Reader. The following subsections describe some common lane configurations and offer suggestions for positioning the Encompass 4H Reader within the controlled traf-fic flow.Note: Regulatory requirements restrict the amount of RF power to 4 Watts EIRP that can be transmitted from the Encompass 4H reader. In a side fire mounted application, this reduction in RF power has been shown to impact the available read zone size and speed at which the tagged vehicles can pass by the reader and be reliably read for all tags except ATA battery tags. If any other tag type is being used, the end user needs to be aware of the reduction in performance and should perform testing in their antic-ipated application to confirm it will meet their system requirements.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-10Gate with Center Island ConfigurationFigure 2-6 illustrates a typical gate application with the Encompass 4H Reader units positioned on a center island to read tags mounted on the inside windshield on the driver’s side (United States). The readers are placed to allow time for the gate to open so the vehicle can roll through without stopping while not allowing room for an untagged vehicle to be between the vehicle being read and the gate.Figure 2-6 Gate Application with Center Island
Developing the Site Plan2-11Parking Garage with Ticket Island ConfigurationFigure 2-7 illustrates a parking garage application with each Encompass 4H Reader mounted on the ticket island to read tags mounted on the inside center windshield or on the center front vehicle bumper. The Encompass 4H Reader placement may require the vehicle to stop before the gate opens.Figure 2-7 Parking Garage ApplicationOverhead Reader Installation ConfigurationAnother option for Encompass 4H Reader placement is to mount it overhead in each lane as illustrated in Figure 2-8. This illustration assumes that tags are mounted on the inside center windshield or center bumper of the vehicle.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-12 Figure 2-8 Overhead InstallationLane Configurations for Encompass 4H Readers TransCore recommends that traffic be guided through a controlled lane to consistently obtain accurate tag readings and to prevent physical damage to the Encompass 4H Reader.Reflection, Refraction, and Diffraction of RF SignalsRF signals can be reflected, refracted, or diffracted by metal objects, walls, and even wet pavement or ice. Any of these factors can alter or degrade system performance. When designing your site plan, you must consider permanent structures and transient factors in the vicinity that may affect RF signals being generated by the Encompass 4H Reader. Permanent structures include buildings, chain link fences, guard shacks, and gates. Transient factors include passing traffic and local weather conditions, such as rain or snow. Symptoms of reflection, refraction, and diffraction include reading tags that are out of the desired read zone or tags being read from another lane.The most common RF reflectors are metallic surfaces. RF signals may also be par-tially reflected by nonconducting materials such as dirt, wood, ice, asphalt, and con-crete. When nonconducting materials in the system environment become wet, they increase reflection of RF signals.The Encompass 4H Reader mounting location, aiming, and range control adjustment, and use of presence detectors can reduce interference from RF reflections. When these actions cannot adequately control reflections, other techniques such as shielding, absorbing, range sensitivity adjustment, or barriers can also be used. See Chapter 9, ”Troubleshooting and Maintenance” for more information.
Developing the Site Plan2-13Existing InterferenceInterference from RF and electrical sources can degrade system performance and must also be considered in the site design. Fluorescent lights, neon signs, nearby radio sta-tions, or power lines can interfere with the optimal operation of the system. The mag-netic impulse noise from relays that control gate opening and closing can also disrupt the RF signal.Interference may degrade both reader and tag performance. Existing interference at the site may be shielded, removed, or positioned further from the Encompass 4H Reader. Strong RF sources of any frequency, in proximity to the tag, can preclude the tag receiving the reader interrogation (see Chapter 9, ”Troubleshooting and Maintenance” ).Electrical and Communications RequirementsAll construction work at the site must be completed before installing the Encompass 4H Reader. Electrical and communications cables should be installed according to all applicable local and federal building code requirements. Specific instructions for posi-tioning and installing the Encompass 4H Reader are discussed in Chapter 4, ”Install-ing the Encom pass 4H Reader”. Junction BoxUse a watertight junction box that meets applicable local and national building codes for connecting power and communications wiring. The junction box houses the termi-nal strip for power and communications connections. TransCore recommends a NEMA Type-4 junction box with a back mounting panel. Power and Communications CablesCable length for power and communications depends on the physical characteristics of the Encompass 4H Reader installation site. Table 2-1 lists accessory kits available for cabling options based on your site’s requirements.Table 2-1 Connector Cabling Accessory Kits Part Number Description58-1620-001 5-ft connector cable harness58-1620-002 20-ft connector cable harness58-1620-006 35-ft connector cable harness58-1620-007 45-ft connector cable harness20-1620-003 Connector kit only56-1620-004 13-pair cable (sold by the foot)
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-14Electrical PowerA dedicated electrical power supply must be present at the site and available to the Encompass 4H Reader at all times. The power must be 16-20V AC or 16-28V DC. A step-down transformer is available (North America only) to convert a 120V AC duplex wall outlet with ground to 18V AC, as is a step-up transformer to convert a low-voltage 12V AC outlet to 18V AC. Consult your local and national electrical codes for installation and safety requirements.Note: Encompass 4H Readers installed outside North America require a locally sup-plied transformer. Note: For IEC60950 compliance, this unit must be used in conjunction with a certi-fied limited power source (LPS). The LPS should be rated for 16-20VAC output volt-age, 3Amps maximum output current or 16-28VDC 3Amps maximum output current, and limited to less than 100VA apparent power. If 18V AC or 18V DC power is available, the transformer option is unnecessary.TransCore offers a Class C transformer accessory kit (part number 76-1620-005) for sites where 110V AC is available. For sites with 220V AC, an accessory kit (part num-ber 76-1620-008) is also available. It is the installer’s responsibility to supply conver-sion equipment and wiring for other voltages. Table 2-2 contains power supply current requirements.Table 2-2 Power Supply RequirementsSupply (RF On)a Maximum Power at 68°F (20°C)(RF Off)aStandby Operating Power at 68°F (20°C)16 to 20V AC 20 watts (W) 14 W16 to 28V DC 20 W 14 Wa 1700 milliamp (mA) initial rush-in current at startupPower circuits are protected internally against power surges. Power Extension 76-1620-005 110V AC to 18V AC Class C transformer76-1620-006 12V AC to 18V AC step-up transformer76-1620-008 220V AC to 18V AC Class C TransformerTable 2-1 Connector Cabling Accessory Kits (continued)Part Number Description
Developing the Site Plan2-15Use Table 2-3 to determine the correct cable size according to the American Wire Gauge (AWG) standard for the necessary length of extension cable. The numbers in the first row of the table indicate cable size for the approximate cable length.Note: If the cable is close to the maximum length, measure voltage at the Encompass 4H Reader with RF ON to ensure voltage does not drop below 16V. A drop in voltage below 16V causes a reduction in read range and possible damage to internal electron-ics as well as unreliable operation.Table 2-3 Recommended Cable Length from Transformer to the Encompass 4H Reader Cable Size (AWG)a24 22 20 18 16 14 12Maximum DCR (Ohms per foot at 68°F)bb. Direct current resistance (DCR) information is from the Belden catalog.0.0270 0.0175 0.0109 0.0069 0.0044 0.0027 0.0017TransCore 5-ft cable(P/N 58-1620-001)cc. Based on a 1.0V drop at 1200 mA (RF ON) with 15% margin.23 ft 36 ft 58 ft 92 ft 144 ft 235 ft 373 ftTransCore 20-ft cable(P/N 58-1620-002)c15 ft 23 ft 38 ft 60 ft 93 ft 152 ft 242 ftTransCore 35-ft cable(P/N 58-1620-006)c7 ft 11 ft 17 ft 27 ft 43 ft 70 ft 110 ftTransCore 45-ft cable(P/N 58-1620-007)c1 ft 2 ft 4 ft 6 ft 9 ft 14 ft 23 ft Host CommunicationsYour site design must include communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and a host computer. The Encompass 4H Reader communicates with the host com-puter through an asynchronous serial line or through a Wiegand interface. This serial line can be an RS–232 interface or an RS–422 interface. The host computer must be able to accept one of the interfaces shown in Table 2-4.a. Use two pair (two conductors for power and two for return). TransCore cable is 22 AWG.Table 2-4 Communications Interfaces and Conductor Requirements Interface Number of ConductorsRS–232 3RS–232 with RTS and CTS hardware and handshake signals 5RS–422 4
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-16Wiegand 3Table 2-4 Communications Interfaces and Conductor Requirements Interface Number of Conductors
Developing the Site Plan2-17RS–232 InterfaceUse an RS–232 interface if one or more of the following conditions apply to your site:•The host computer system is 50 ft (15.2 m) or less from the Encompass 4H Reader.•The host computer system is more than 50 ft (15.2 m) from the Encompass 4H Reader and a pair of RF modems or limited distance modem/line drivers over copper wire are used for communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and the host. The distance from the RF modem to the Encompass 4H Reader should not exceed 50 ft (15.2 m).•Other common communications devices that can extend the RS–232 distance, such as fiber optic modems, have been selected.The standard RS–232 connection maximum distance depends on the baud rate, cable type, and the RS–232 device at the other end. Note: When extending the RS-232 interface, use a three-pair cable such as Belden 2919. Use a twisted pair for the black (RxD) with ground (black of the black/yellow pair), and a twisted pair for red (TxD) with ground (black of the black/yellow pair). The third pair of the three-pair cable can be used for a spare in the event either of the other two pair are damaged or fail. The cable shield should be tied to a single-point earth ground on the controller end of the cable.RS–422 InterfaceUse an RS–422 interface if one or more of the following conditions apply to your site:•The host computer is more than 50 ft (15.2 m) from the Encompass 4H Reader.•The host computer has an external limited-distance modem. The standard RS–422 connection maximum distance depends on the baud rate, cable type, and the RS–422 device at the other end. Wiegand InterfaceThe Encompass 4H Reader can interface with equipment requiring the Wiegand +5V DC data0-data1-ground interface. The reader uses the Wiegand interface included with the RS–232 or RS–422 option.Note: The Encompass 4H Reader comes from the factory with either RS–232 and Wiegand or RS–422 and Wiegand. If you want to use Wiegand, you must first connect the Encompass 4H Reader using the RS–232 or RS–422 interface, set all necessary operating parameters in the reader, then set the Encompass 4H Reader’s configura-tion to Wiegand, and then connect the Encompass 4H Reader to the Wiegand inter-face.Note: You must order tags programmed with Wiegand-formatted data when using a Wiegand-compatible reader.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide2-18Note: When extending the Wiegand interface, use a three-pair cable such as Belden 2919. Use a twisted pair for the red (Data1) with ground (yellow of the black/yellow pair), and a twisted pair for blue (Data0) with ground (yellow of the black/yellow pair). The third pair of the three-pair cable can be used for a spare in the event either of the other two pair are damaged or fail. The cable shield should be tied to a single-point earth ground on the controller end of the cable. Input/Output CircuitsTo connect the Encompass 4H Reader to external equipment such as a treadle or traf-fic control light, install wires from these devices at the junction box. The Encompass 4H Reader input circuit is designed to connect to a dry contact closure. The Encom-pass 4H Reader output circuits are single-pole, double-throw relays providing dry contact closures. These contacts are rated at 42.2V AC peak (30Vrms) or 60V DC, at 1 A maximum with noninductive load.Output circuits are not intended for the direct control of electromechanical devices such as motorized gates and barrier arms. For such applications, the Encompass 4H Reader output circuits should be used to drive a secondary, appropriately rated high-power relay.
3Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-3Chapter 3Choosing, Installing, and Removing TagsThis chapter describes the various tag types compatible with the Encompass® 4H Reader and the procedures for installing and removing compatible internal and external tags. Compatible Tag TypesThe Encompass 4H Reader provides the capability to read the various TransCore eGo® Plus-type tags employing Super eGo (SeGo) protocol and eGo-style tags and other American National Standards Institute (ANSI) ANS INCITS 256-2001-compli-ant tags with Intellitag technology. Depending on options ordered, the Encompass 4H Reader can read eGo Plus and eGo tags as well as TransCore IT2000 (in optional ATA/ISO mode), ATA-protocol, ISO-compliant tags, and Inter-Agency (IAG) tags. It can also read tags formatted to a wide range of industry-standard proprietary formats, including SIA Wiegand 26-bit standard format.See Appendix E for information about the numerous tag models.Reader and Tag Model InteroperabilityTable 3-1 lists the tags that are read by the Encompass 4H Reader. See www.transcore.com/pdf/Tag-Reader-Matrix.pdf for most current information con-cerning readers and supported tag protocols.Table 3-1 Tags Read by the Encompass 4H ReaderReader Beam Tags Battery TagsEncompass 4H Reader eGo Plus Sticker Tag*; eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag*, eGo Plus License Plate Tag*eGo Windshield Sticker Tag; eGo Tamper Resistant Tag; eGo License Plate Tagother ANS INCITS 256-2001-compliant tags with Intellitag technologyAT5100; AT5102; AT5110; AT5112; AT5125; AT5145; AT5146; AT5715AT5105; AT5114; AT5140; AT5147; AT5510; AT5540; AT5541; AT5542; AT5543; AT5544; AT5545; AT5547; AT5704; AT5707; IT2221**; IT2235*** in SeGo, eGo, and/or ATA modes ** When used in optional ATA/ISO mode
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-4TransCore’s eGo Plus TagsTransCore’s eGo Plus tags are offered to complete your Encompass 4H Reader Sys-tem. Table 3-2 lists some of the features of the TransCore eGo Plus tags.Table 3-2 Tag Part Number Used For Special Features Power SourceNumber of 6-bit ASCII CharactersNumber of 128-Bit FramesNumber of Wiegand BitsSticker Tag 13-07xx-nnn#Toll, Electronic vehicle registration (EVR), Parking, Security accessVery thin, flexible, multi-layer laminationBeam20 1N/A10 1/2 26 to 54Security Sticker Tag 13-07xy-zzz##Very thin, flexible, multi-layer lamination, tamper detection20 1N/A10 1/2 26 to 54License Plate Tag (LPT)13-0700-90x###Water-resistant, exterior-mounted20 1N/A10 1/2 26 to 54# the first "x" in the sticker tag listing defines which protocol is dominant (e.g., ATA or eGo/SeGo) in the tag; the second "x" further defines other active protocol configurations; and "nnn" is a unique identifier that differentiates between tags that are programmed similarly but that have different graphics or labels).##the "x" in the security sticker tag listing defines which protocol is dominant (e.g., ATA or eGo/SeGo) in the tag; the "y" further defines other active protocol configurations; and "zzz" is a unique identifier that differentiates between tags that are programmed similarly but that have different graphics or labels)### the "x" in the LPT listing determines whether the LPT is a standard eGo Plus LPT or a motorcycle version. eGo Plus Tag FeatureseGo Plus Sticker TagThe Encompass 4H Reader reads the eGo Plus Sticker Tag (Figure 3-1) configured to support SeGo mode.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-5Figure 3-1 eGo Plus Windshield Sticker TageGo Plus Security Sticker TagThe Encompass 4H Reader reads the eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag (Figure 3-2) con-figured to support SeGo mode.Figure 3-2 eGo Plus Security Sticker TageGo Plus License Plate TagThe eGo Plus LPT (Figure 3-3) is a water-resistant tag used in applications requiring an exterior-mounted tag.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-6Figure 3-3 eGo Plus License Plate TagTransCore’s eGo TagsTransCore’s various eGo tags are offered to complete your Encompass 4H Reader System. Table 3-3 lists some of the features of the TransCore eGo tags.Table 3-3 Tag Part Number Used For Special Features Power SourceNumber of 6-bit ASCII CharactersNumber of 128-Bit FramesNumber of Wiegand BitsWindshield Sticker Tag 13-0510-004Toll, Electronic vehicle registration (EVR), Parking, Security accessVery thin, flexible, multi-layer lamination Beam20 1NA10 1/2 26 to 54License Plate Tag 13-0510-900Water-resistant, exterior-mounted20 1NA10 1/2 26 to 54 eGo Tag FeatureseGo Windshield Sticker TagThe TransCore eGo WST (Figure 3-4) is offered to complete your Encompass 4H Reader System. It is a flexible sticker much like a vehicle registration sticker.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-7 Figure 3-4 eGo Windshield Sticker TageGo License Plate TagThe eGo LPT (Figure 3-5) is a water-resistant tag used in applications requiring an exterior-mounted tag.Figure 3-5 eGo License Plate TagInstalling eGo Plus Sticker TagseGo Plus Sticker Tags are designed to be attached by a semi-permanent adhesive to the interior surface of nonmetallic windshields 0.190 to 0.230 inches (4.82 to 5.84 mm) in thickness. For optimum performance, you must install the tag at least 2 inches (5 cm) from the metal in the windshield frame and 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) from the rear-view mirror support post. Detailed instructions for installing the eGo® Plus Sticker Tag are found in the pocket guide “Quick and Easy Installation Instructions for the eGo® Plus Sticker Tag.”Some vehicles have a tinted area across the top of the windshield. If the tint is conduc-tive, it can interfere with reading the tag. If a windshield has this conductive tint, the tag must be installed at least 2 inches (5 cm) below this tinted area.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-8Some vehicle windshields contain a metallic treatment that could prevent an interior windshield-mounted tag from being read. However, many of these metallized wind-shields have areas that are not metallized. On a vehicle without open areas in its met-allized windshield, you might need to install an Encompass 4H Reader-compatible LPT on the vehicle. See the section “Installing eGo Plus License Plate Tags” on page 3-13. Contact TransCore for more information. See the section “Technical Support” on page 9-6.Required Materials You need the following supplies to install an eGo Plus Sticker Tag:•Glass cleaner, mild detergent and water, or any cleaning solution appropriate for your windshield•Clean, dry cloth•eGo Plus Sticker TagPositioning eGo Plus Sticker TagsTransCore designed the eGo Plus Sticker Tag to be installed on the upper center or upper corner portion of the windshield. Figure 3-6, Figure 3-7, and Figure 3-8 illus-trate possible upper center tag placement locations. If the upper portion of the windshield is tinted with an aftermarket conductive tint, use placement shown in Figure 3-7.Mirror Post Attached on WindshieldChoose this placement option as shown in Figure 3-6 if the mirror post is attached on the windshield. Figure 3-6 eGo Plus Sticker Tag PlacementMirror Post Attached on HeaderChoose this placement option if the mirror post is attached on the header as shown in Figure 3-7 or if the upper portion of the windshield is tinted with a conductive tint.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-9Figure 3-7 eGo Plus Sticker Tag PlacementLarge Truck with No Inside MirrorChoose this option for a large truck that uses exterior mirrors only (Figure 3-8).Figure 3-8 eGo Plus Sticker Tag Placement in Large TruckeGo Plus Sticker Tag Installation ProceduresCautionConfirm that the outside temperature is above 50°F (10°C). The sticker tag may not adhere correctly if the temperature is below this temperature.To install the eGo Plus Sticker Tag1. Determine the tag installation location for the vehicle using the placement guidelines in the section “Positioning eGo Plus Sticker Tags” on page 3-8.2. Thoroughly clean the interior surface of the windshield behind and around the rearview mirror where the tag will be located.3. Dry the tag location area thoroughly using a clean, dry cloth.4. Remove the backing from the tag to expose the adhesive.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-10CautionEnsure that the tag is correctly located before touching it to the glass. Once the sticker tag is applied to the glass, it cannot be moved without damage to the tag.5. Holding the sticker tag by its edges (Figure 3-9), position the tag in the correct area of the windshield (determined in Step 1), making sure the tag is oriented horizontally and is at least two inches (5 cm) from the windshield frame and 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) from the mirror post.Figure 3-9 Applying eGo Plus Sticker Tag to Windshield6. Press the sticker tag firmly against the glass and gently rub over the entire tag surface. Ensure that no air bubbles remain between the sticker tag and the windshield (Figure 3-10).Figure 3-10 Second Step of eGo Plus Sticker Tag ApplicationRemoving eGo Plus Sticker TagsPeel the eGo Plus Sticker Tags from the windshield and clean any reside using isopro-pyl alcohol or commercial glass cleaner. The tag is inoperable once removed.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-11Installing eGo Plus Security Sticker TagsAn eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag is located in the same area on the windshield as the eGo Plus Sticker Tags. See “Positioning eGo Plus Sticker Tags” on page 3-8 for this information. The eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag is slightly less flexible than the eGo Plus Sticker Tag so the installation instructions differ. Detailed instructions for install-ing the eGo® Plus Security Sticker Tag are found in the pocket guide “Quick and Easy Installation Instructions for the eGo® Plus Security Sticker Tag.”eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag Installation ProceduresCautionConfirm that the outside temperature is above 50°F (10°C). The security sticker tag may not adhere correctly if the temperature is below this temperature.To install the eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag1. Determine the tag installation location for the vehicle using the placement guidelines in the section “Positioning eGo Plus Sticker Tags” on page 3-8.2. Thoroughly clean the interior surface of the windshield behind and around the rearview mirror where the tag will be located.3. Dry the tag location area thoroughly using a clean, dry cloth.4. Remove the backing from the tag to expose the adhesive.CautionEnsure that the tag is correctly located before touching it to the glass. Once the security sticker tag is applied to the glass, it cannot be moved without damage to the tag.5. Holding the sticker tag by its edges (Figure 3-11), position the tag in the correct area of the windshield (determined in Step 1), making sure the tag is oriented horizontally and is at least two inches (5 cm) from the windshield frame and 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) from the mirror post.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-12Figure 3-11 Applying eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag to Windshield6. Press the security sticker tag firmly against the glass. Gently rub over the entire tag surface removing as much air from underneath the tag (Figure 3-12). The security sticker tag’s rigid case may prevent you from forcing out all of the air trapped between the tag and windshield. A minimal amount of air will not affect tag performance.Figure 3-12 Second Step of eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag ApplicationRemoving eGo Plus Security Sticker TagsLocate the tapered edge under the lower right corner of the eGo Plus Security Sticker Tags and carefully pull the tag from the windshield. If you cannot lift the tag using your fingers, insert a plastic scraper underneath the corner and lift the tag. Once you have removed the tag from the windshield, clean any reside using isopropyl alcohol or commercial glass cleaner. The tag is destroyed upon removal and cannot be reused.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-13Installing eGo Plus License Plate TagsMetallized coatings on some vehicle windshields and windows absorb the RF energy emitted by the Encompass 4H Reader, thus causing tags to be misread. You must use exterior LPTs on vehicles with metallized coatings on their windshields and windows.Use license plate installation techniques to install tags on the exterior of vehicles that have this type of window coating.Note: The read zone of an overhead Encompass 4H Reader should be adjusted accordingly when an exterior tag is installed on a license plate, or the read zone will be reduced.Required Materials•Screwdriver (flat-blade or Phillips depending on the vehicle’s license plate mounting screws)•Optional TransCore Exterior Tag Accessory Kit (19077-01). This kit contains tamper-resistant mounting screws and wrench.•eGo Plus LPTPositioning eGo Plus License Plate TagsThe eGo Plus LPT is installed over the license plate at the upper part of the vehicle’s front license plate area.Note: If your state does not require a front license plate, install the LPT in the area where the license plate would normally be mounted. If your vehicle does not have a front license plate area, contact your tag agency for other tag options.The orientation of the tag is important. The tag must be mounted so that the holes on the tag base plate are on the top edge.eGo Plus LPT Installation ProceduresTo mount the eGo Plus LPT1. Remove the screws from the license plate area of your front bumper (Figure 3-13). If your vehicle does not have mounting screws you will need two self-tapping threaded screws. You can also contact the tag agency to inquire about the optional TransCore Exterior Tag Accessory Kit. Note: You may need to use longer screws to fasten the LPT over the top area of your license plate.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-14Figure 3-13 Correct Mounting Location for LPT2. Position the LPT so that it is within 18 inches (46 cm) of the center of the front bumper as shown by the shaded area in Figure 3-13. If your vehicle’s license plate mounting area is more than 18 inches (46 cm) from the center, you may need to select an alternate location to mount the tag. Contact your tag agency if your vehicle requires an alternate mounting location for the LPT.3. Hold the LPT so that the etched lettering is facing you with the mounting holes to the top as shown in Figure 3-14.Figure 3-14 Correct Tag Orientation4. Fasten the LPT to the bumper using the license plate mounting screws (Figure 3-15). Install the LPT over the top area of the vehicle’s license plate if your vehicle has a front license plate. If your state does not require a front license plate, install the LPT in the area where a license plate would normally be mounted.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-15Figure 3-15 Upper Placement Over the Top Area of the License PlateInstalling eGo Windshield Sticker TagseGo WSTs are designed to be attached by a semi-permanent adhesive to the interior surface of nonmetallic windshields 0.190 to 0.230 inches (4.82 to 5.84 mm) in thick-ness. For optimum performance, you must install the tag at least 2 inches (5 cm) from the metal in the windshield frame and 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) from the rearview mirror support post. Detailed instructions are found in the pocket guide “Quick and Easy Installation Instructions for Windshield Sticker Tag.”Some vehicles have a tinted area across the top of the windshield. If the tint is conduc-tive, it can interfere with reading the tag. If a windshield has this conductive tint, the tag must be installed at least 2 inches (5 cm) below this tinted area.Some vehicle windshields contain a metallic treatment that could prevent an interior windshield-mounted tag from being read. However, many of these metallized wind-shields have areas that are not metallized. On a vehicle without open areas in its met-allized windshield, you might need to install an Encompass 4H Reader-compatible LPT on the vehicle. See the section “Installing eGo Plus License Plate Tags” on page 3-13 and the section “Installing ATA License Plate Tags” on page 3-21. Contact TransCore for more information. See the section “Technical Support” on page 9-6.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-16Required Materials You need the following supplies to install an eGo WSTs:•Glass cleaner, mild detergent and water, or any cleaning solution appropriate for your windshield•Clean, dry cloth•eGo WST Positioning eGo Windshield Sticker TagsTransCore designed the eGo WST to be installed on the upper center or upper corner portion of the windshield. Figure 3-16, Figure 3-17, and Figure 3-18 illustrate possible upper center tag placement locations. If the upper portion of the windshield is tinted with an aftermarket conductive tint, use placement Option B as shown in Figure 3-17.Mirror Post Attached Low On WindshieldChoose placement Option A shown in Figure 3-16 if the mirror post is attached low on the windshield. Figure 3-16 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag Placement Option AMirror Post Attached High on WindshieldChoose placement Option B if the mirror post is attached high on the windshield as shown in Figure 3-17 or if the upper portion of the windshield is tinted with a conduc-tive tint.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-17Figure 3-17 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag Placement Option BMirror Post Attached to HeadlinerChoose placement Option C if the mirror post is attached to the headliner as shown in Figure 3-18. If the upper portion of the windshield is tinted with an aftermarket conductive tint, place the tag two inches (5 cm) below the tinted area. Figure 3-18 eGo Windshield Sticker Tag Placement Option CMounting the eGo Windshield Sticker TagCautionConfirm that the outside temperature is above 50°F (10°C). The sticker tag may not adhere correctly if the temperature is below this temperature.To install the eGo WST1. Determine the tag installation location for the vehicle using the placement guidelines in the section “Positioning eGo Windshield Sticker Tags” on page 3-16.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-182. Thoroughly clean the interior surface of the windshield behind and around the rearview mirror where the tag will be located.3. Dry the tag location area thoroughly using a clean, dry cloth.4. Remove the paper backing from the tag to expose the adhesive.CautionEnsure that the tag is correctly located before touching it to the glass. Once the sticker tag is applied to the glass, it cannot be moved without damage to the tag.5. Holding the sticker tag by its edges, position the tag in the correct area of the windshield (determined in Step 1), making sure the tag is oriented horizontally and is at least two inches (5 cm) from the windshield frame and 0.75 inch (1.9 cm) from the mirror post.6. Press the sticker tag firmly against the glass and gently rub over the entire tag surface. Ensure that no air bubbles remain between the sticker tag and the windshield.Removing eGo Windshield Sticker TagsRemoving eGo WSTs requires the use of a plastic scraper or equivalent tool. The tag is inoperable once removed.Installing eGo LPTFollow the instructions presented in “eGo Plus License Plate Tag” on page 3-5 when installing an eGo LPT.Installing Interior ATA TagsInterior ATA-protocol tags are installed using hook-and-loop material or double-sided tape attached to the tag and to the windshield. When using hook-and-loop material, the loop material should be applied to the back of the tag and the hook material should be applied to the windshield. After the tag is installed, it can be removed easily and used in any vehicle that has corresponding hook material affixed to the windshield.Note: Installing interior tags using double-sided tape results in a semipermanent attachment; the tag will be more difficult to remove than one installed using hook and loop material.Interior ATA-protocol tags may be ordered from the factory with hook-and-loop material or double-sided tape already applied to the tag. The adhesive on this material is specially formulated for temperature extremes inside vehicles.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-19Required MaterialsYou will need the following materials to install interior tags:•Rubbing alcohol or 50/50 isopropyl alcohol and water•Sponge and dry cloth•Interior tags with two strips of factory-installed hook-and-loop material or fac-tory-installed double-sided tape attachedPositioning ATA TagsInterior ATA-protocol tags can be installed on the driver’s side, passenger’s side, or upper center of the vehicle’s windshield, depending on the Encompass 4H Reader’s position. See “Reader and Tag Alignment” on page 2-4.Tags should be mounted consistently in all vehicles using a particular Encompass 4H Reader facility. Interior Driver’s or Passenger’s SideTransCore designed interior ATA-protocol tags for installation inside the vehicle, typ-ically on the driver’s side of the windshield. Install the tag in the upper corner, at least two inches (5 cm) from the metal window post, as shown in Figure 3-19.Figure 3-19 Driver’s or Passenger’s Side (U.S.) Interior Windshield Tag LocationInterior Center WindshieldYou may also install ATA tags on the upper center portion of the windshield. Position the tag as closely as possible to the windshield’s upper center, behind the rearview mirror. The top edge of the tag should be approximately one inch (2.5 cm) below the base of the mirror, or above the base if enough room is available for the tag to be two inches (five cm) from metal around the windshield, as shown in Figure 3-20.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-20Figure 3-20 Upper Center Interior Windshield Tag LocationATA Interior Tag Installation ProceduresPerform the following steps to install interior tags:1. Clean the tag installation area on the interior surface of the windshield with rubbing alcohol.2. Dry the area thoroughly using a clean, dry cloth.3. Remove the clear backing from the two strips of hook-and-loop material on the back of the tag (Figure 3-21) or from the double-sided tape.Figure 3-21 Hook-and-Loop Material on Interior Tag
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-214. Position the tag over the correct area of the windshield, making sure that the tag and reader orientation are the same (horizontal or vertical).5. Press the tag firmly against the glass.Removing Interior ATA TagsTo remove an interior ATA-protocol tag installed using hook-and-loop material, simply pull the tag away from the windshield.To remove an interior ATA-protocol tag installed using double-sided tape, slowly pry off the tag with a thin tool, such as a putty knife.Installing ATA License Plate TagsMetallized coatings on some vehicle windshields and windows absorb the RF energy emitted by the Encompass 4H Reader, thus causing tags to be misread. Use exterior LPTs on vehicles with metallized coatings on windshields and windows.Use license plate installation techniques to install tags on the exterior of vehicles that have this type of window coating.Note: The read zone of an overhead Encompass 4H Reader should be adjusted accordingly when an exterior tag is installed on a license plate, or the read zone will be reduced.Exterior tags may be installed on metal or plastic bumpers using the existing license plate bracket and hardware. The tag can be mounted on the front bumper where the license plate is normally located or mounted directly to the front license plate or license plate bracket. Once installed, the face of the tag should be pointing directly forward or slightly upward. If the bumper, license plate, or license plate bracket has any material that overhangs the tag, the tag will not function properly. Required MaterialsYou need the following supplies to install license-plate mounted tags:•Exterior LPT•Two 0.25-inch (.63 cm) bolts and nuts (user-supplied). Length of the bolts can vary depending on vehicle model. •Screwdriver and wrench (user-supplied) •0.25-inch (.63 cm) spacers or washers (if needed). Thickness of spacers can vary depending on vehicle model.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-22Positioning ATA License Plate TagsThe orientation of the tag is important. The tag must be mounted so that the holes on the tag base plate are on the bottom edge. See Figure 3-22.Figure 3-22 Proper Tag OrientationWhen positioning the tag, observe the following guidelines: •The tag should be horizontal and parallel to the ground.•The tag face should be perpendicular or tilted slightly upward.• The tag may lean to the rear a maximum of 30 degrees.• The tag may lean to the front a maximum of 10 degrees.ATA License Plate Tag Installation ProceduresTo mount the LPT1. Position the tag so that the holes in the tag are on the bottom edge and the tag is within 18 inches (.45 m) of the center of the front bumper as illustrated by the shaded area in Figure 3-23.Note: When mounting an exterior tag on heavy trucks or tractors, the tag must be mounted within 1.5 inches (3.81 cm) of the top of the bumper.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-23Figure 3-23 Correct Exterior Tag Placement2. Line up the holes in the tag as follows:• If mounting the tag to a license plate or license plate bracket, line up the holes in the tag to the upper holes of the license plate or license plate bracket. Note: Do not mount the tag to the bottom holes of the license plate or license plate bracket. The reflective material on the license plate may interfere with the proper functioning of the tag. • If mounting the tag to the bumper, line up the holes in the tag with the holes in the front bumper where the license plate would normally be located. See Figure 3-23. 3. Insert bolts through the tag base plate holes and the holes in the bumper or the holes in the upper portion of the license plate area. See Figure 3-24.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-24Figure 3-24 Upper Placement In License Plate Area4. Make sure the area within 45 degrees of the center of the tag is free of obstructions. See Figure 3-25.Figure 3-25 Obstruction-Free Area5. Make sure that no material overhangs the tag. If overhang is more than ½ inch (1.27 cm), insert spacers or washers directly behind the tag so that the tag is clear of any overhanging obstruction. Secure the bolts with a nut. See Figure 3-26.
Choosing, Installing, and Removing Tags3-25Figure 3-26 Spacer Positioned Behind Tag6. Tighten the bolts and nuts with a screwdriver and wrench to secure the tag to the vehicle.Types of BumpersWhen mounting tags directly to a bumper, consider the following factors:•Tags can be mounted on any metal or non-metallic surface; composition of bumper does not matter.•Tags can be mounted to plastic bumpers using self-threading screws.•Metal bumpers should be pre-drilled; self-threading screws may be used.Alternate Mounting LocationsIf the exterior type tag cannot be mounted on the license plate bracket or directly on the bumper, it may be mounted on a relatively vertical front surface of the vehicle. The exterior tag should be mounted as close to the bumper as possible, following all guide-lines regarding orientation, obstruction, and overhang given for bumper mounting. For applications where the integrity of the mounting surface cannot be compromised, the exterior tag can be mounted on a smooth flat surface using double-sided tape.Required MaterialsExterior tags need to be installed on a relatively flat surface. You need the following materials to install exterior tags:•Rubbing alcohol, 50/50 isopropyl alcohol and water, or solvent/cleaner for metal•Sponge and dry cloth
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide3-26•Exterior tag with the double-sided adhesive tape attached Installation Procedures Using TapeTo install the tag on a metal or plastic bumper1. Clean and degrease the tag installation area of the vehicle bumper with solvent/cleaner.2. Dry the area thoroughly using a clean, dry cloth.3. Remove the backing from the double-sided tape on the back of the tag, as shown in Figure 3-27. Figure 3-27 Exterior Tag with Double-Sided Tape4. Position the tag over the installation area, making sure that the tag and Encompass 4H Reader are horizontally polarized.5. Press the tag firmly against the bumper.Installation Procedures Using Blind RivetsTo install an exterior tag using blind rivets through the tag’s installation tabs1. Position the tag on the bumper in the installation area and mark the hole positions of the tag’s installation tabs on the bumper.2. Follow the rivet manufacturer’s instructions to drill holes in the bumper for rivets.3. If the rivet head is smaller than the tag installation holes and can be pulled through the holes, use a small washer to secure the rivet through the tag.Removing Exterior TagsTo remove an exterior tag installed with rivets, follow the rivet manufacturer’s instructions to remove the rivets.
4Installing the Encompass 4H Reader
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-3Chapter 4Installing the Encompass 4H ReaderThis chapter lists the materials needed and presents the procedures to pre-test and install the Encompass® 4H Reader.Installation ProcessAfter you have developed the site plan and identified the location to install the Encompass 4H Reader, you are ready to install the equipment. Installation involves the following tasks:•Pre-installation testing of Encompass 4H Reader power and tag read capability•Mounting the Encompass 4H Reader on a pole, ceiling, or wall•Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader power•Marking the read zone•Connecting the Encompass 4H host and sense input/sense output and communica-tionsMaterials Supplied by TransCoreYou need the following materials to pre-test and install the Encompass 4H Reader. TransCore supplies some of the materials; other materials must be obtained from other sources.Contents of Shipping CartonEnsure that you have received all parts before beginning your pre-installation Encom-pass 4H Reader tests. Your Encompass 4H Reader is packaged with the following materials:•One Encompass 4H Reader•One mounting bracket and the mounting hardware•One Encompass 4H Reader Quick Start Guide•Any accessories ordered as options as shown in Table 4-1Required accessories are a power/communications cable harness and a 110V AC wall transformer or a 12V AC to 18V AC step-up transformer. These may be ordered as accessories from TransCore or obtained from other sources.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-4Installation Accessory OptionsTable 4-1 lists optional TransCore Encompass 4H Reader installation accessory items. Table 4-1 Installation Accessories Part No. Description54-1620-001 Wall or ceiling mount kit58-1620-001 5-ft connector cable harness58-1620-002 20-ft connector cable harness20-1620-003 Connector kit only56-1620-004 13-pair cable (sold by the foot)76-1620-005 110V AC to 18V AC Class C transformer76-1620-006 12V AC to 18V AC step-up transformer16-4000-002 Encompass 4H Reader System Guide (this manual)76-1620-008 220V AC to 18V AC Class C transformer Note: The Encompass 4H Reader may be ordered with a multwire cable harness (part number 58-1620-001 or 58-1620-002 in Table 4-1) as a separate accessory. One end has a waterproof connector for the Encompass 4H Reader, and the other end has 13 pairs of color-coded wires.Additional Materials Needed for TestingYou need these additional materials to perform the pre-tests on the Encompass 4H Reader:•Test tags, supplied by the TransCore dealer or distributor•Suitable 18V AC or 18V DC power wiring for the Encompass 4H Reader •Audible circuit tester and 9V DC battery for circuit tester power •Wire stripperPre-installation Testing of the Encompass 4H ReaderBefore installing the Encompass 4H Reader permanently at the site, you should use an audible circuit tester to confirm that the Encompass 4H Reader has power and can read a tag presented in the tag read zone.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-5Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Using an Audi-ble Circuit TesterAn audible circuit tester is also called a buzz box. These boxes are available at some electronic parts supply stores, or you can make a buzz box, as shown in Figure 4-1. The buzz box is powered by a 9V DC battery and is equipped with two alligator-clip leads. When you touch the leads together, the box makes an audible sound. Figure 4-1 Wiring for Audible Circuit TesterTo test the Encompass 4H Reader, connect the power supply as described in the appro-priate section below, and then test as described in the section “Bench Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Before Installation” on page 4-10.Connecting the AC Power SupplyTo connect the Encompass 4H Reader to a low-voltage AC power supply1. Connect the Encompass 4H power wires from the cable to the transformer using the color coding as described in Table 4-2.2. Complete the power connections at the power supply.
Table 4-2 AC Transformer Connections for Colored-Wire Pair Cable Signal from Encompass 4HColored-Wire Pair CableConnect to Transformer Terminal StripWire Pair from Encompass4 Reader CableColor UsedMain power input Brown/Red and Orange/Red Orange and Brown L1(16 to 20V AC)Main power return Red and Red L2(16 to 20V AC)Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-6Connecting the DC Power SupplyTo connect the Encompass 4H Reader to a low-voltage DC power supplyConnect the Encompass 4H Reader power wires from the cable to the low-voltage ter-minals using the connection designations shown in Table 4-3. Table 4-3 Low Voltage DC Cable Connections for the Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass 4HColored-Wire Pair CableConnection UseWire Pair from Encompass 4H Reader CableColor UsedMain power input Brown/Red and Orange/Red Orange and brown 16 to 28V DC+ terminalMain power return Red and red 16 to 28V DC- terminal Connecting Communications for Bench TestingTransCore offers reader models that communicate through RS–232, RS–422, and Wiegand interface protocols. This section describes the procedures and materials required for connecting the communications to perform pre-installation bench testing of the Encompass 4H Reader.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-7Required MaterialsYou need the following materials to connect the communications cable to the PC:•PC or laptop•Any terminal emulation program such as Procomm Plus™ or Hyper Terminal™ running on a PC•Communications cable to connect to the COM1 port on your PCEncompass 4H Reader communications and customer interface signals are supplied from the Encompass 4H Reader to the host through a multiwire cable, which is a 13-pair pigtail. The connector for this cable is located on the back of the Encompass 4H Reader. Refer to the following sections to connect the appropriate communications wires from the cable to the PC.These sections contain instructions for connecting RS–232 and RS–422 communica-tions between the Encompass 4H Reader and the PC for bench testing purposes. Each section contains wiring instructions and pin assignments followed by step-by-step connection procedures.The Encompass 4H Reader can remain powered up while connecting reader-to-host PC communications. Connecting for Bench Testing with RS–232 InterfaceRS–232 interface signals are supplied by three or five wires from the Encompass 4H communications cable. The pin assignments for the signal to the host male DB9 and DB25 connectors are shown in boldface in Figure 4-2.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-8 Figure 4-2 Pin Assignments for Signal to Host ConnectorsNote: In Figure 4-2 supported pin assignments are in boldface.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-9Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader Colored-Wire Pair CableTable 4-4 shows the RS–232 colored wire assignments. Table 4-4 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass4 ReaderColored-Wire Pair Cable Connect Wire to Host DB9 PinConnect Wire to Host DB25 PinWire Pair from Encompass 4H ReaderColor UsedTxD — Encompass 4H Reader output, host inputRed/Black Black Pin 2 Pin 3 RxD — Encompass 4H Reader input, host outputRed Pin 3 Pin 2 Signal ground Yellow/Black Yellow or Black Pin 5 Pin 7Optional for hardware handshakingRTS — Encompass 4H Reader output, host input Yellow/Red Yellow Pin 8 Pin 5CTS — Encompass 4H Reader input, host outputRed Pin 7 Pin 4To connect the colored-wire cable using RS–232 interface1. Connect the black wire (transmit data) from the red and black wire pair to pin 2 of the DB9 connector or pin 3 of the DB25 connector. 2. Connect the red wire (receive data) from the red and black wire pair to pin 3 of the DB9 connector or pin 2 of the DB25 connector.3. Connect either the yellow or black wire (signal ground) from the yellow and black wire pair to pin 5 of the DB9 connector or pin 7 of the DB25 connector. 4. Plug the DB9 connector or DB25 connector into the PC. If the host is set up for hardware handshaking, use the following procedures:1. Connect the yellow wire (RTS) from the yellow and red wire pair to pin 8 of the DB9 connector or pin 5 of the DB25 connector.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-102. Connect the red wire (CTS) from the yellow and red wire pair to pin 7 of the DB9 connector or pin 4 of the DB25 connector.Connecting for Bench Testing with RS–422 InterfaceRS–422 interface signals are supplied by four wires from the Encompass 4H Reader communications cable. Your host must have an RS–422 interface with either an inter-nal or external converter. Note: For temporary bench testing purposes only, you will need to connect the RS–422 interface signal wires by following the pin-outs of your interface device. For per-manent installations, follow the RS–422 connection instructions on page 4-23.Bench Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Before InstallationThe Encompass 4H Reader is set to read the tag protocol(s) programmed into your reader.Note: Test tags should match the protocol(s) selected for your reader. These tags can be ATA-protocol, ISO-compliant tags, or Inter-Agency Group tags affixed to a plastic or wooden yardstick, or eGo Plus Sticker Tag or eGo Windshield Sticker Tags (WSTs) affixed to a piece of nonmetallic windshield-type glass 0.190 to 0.230 in (4.82 to 5.84 mm) in thickness. The eGo and eGo Plus sticker tags have a reduced read range when not attached to glass.To test that the Encompass 4H Reader has power and can read a tag pre-sented in the read zone1. Confirm that the Encompass 4H Reader colored-wire pair cable is correctly connected to a suitable AC or DC low-voltage power supply as discussed on page 4-5 and page 4-6 and that the transformer is connected to a power outlet.2. Confirm that the Encompass 4H Reader colored-wire pair cable communications are connected correctly as described in the section “Connecting Communications for Bench Testing” on page 4-6. 3. Connect the two leads from the audible circuit tester to the white and red wire pair (pair #8, lock/lock return) from the Encompass 4H Reader power/communications cable.4. Start the terminal emulation application Microsoft HyperTerminal by selecting Programs>Accessories>Communications>HyperTerminal and press ENTER. 5. In the HyperTerminal dialog boxes choose the com port to which the communications interface is attached and set the properties as:• Bits per second: 9600 baud• Data bits: 8• Parity: none
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-11• Stop bits: 1• Flow control: none6. Cycle the power on the Encompass 4H Reader and ensure that the sign-on message displays.7. Input the following commands in the order provided in Table 4-5. Commands include those to switch to command mode, turn on RF, and return the reader to data mode.Table 4-5 Commands for Bench Testing Entry Reader Response Notes#01 <CR> #Done <CR/LF> Switches Encompass 4H Reader to command mode.#6401 #Done <CR/LF> Turns on RF.#00 <CR> #Done <CR/LF> Returns Encompass 4H Reader to data mode.8. Pass the correct test tag for your reader application in front of the Encompass 4H Reader. The audible circuit tester should sound a tone when the tag is read. If no tone sounds, ensure that steps 1, through 5 were performed correctly and that you are using a compatible tag. Repeat steps 6 and 7. If no tone sounds, contact TransCore (see “Technical Support” on page 9-6).9. Disconnect the circuit tester from the Encompass 4H Reader power/communications cable.10. Disconnect the power and communications connections made for pre-installation testing.Note: You will need the audible circuit tester again to determine the read zone when installing the Encompass 4H Reader at the site.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-12Mounting the Encompass 4H ReaderThis section lists procedures and materials required for mounting the Encompass 4H Reader on a round pole or on a ceiling, wall, or other flat surface based on the site’s requirements.Mounting the Encompass 4H Reader on a Round PoleThe Encompass 4H Reader can be simply and inexpensively mounted on a round pole. The pole must be a minimum of 2 inches (5 cm) in diameter and should extend approximately 8 feet (2.4 m) above the pavement level. The pole must be installed according to local building codes.Required Materials To Be Supplied by CustomerYou need the following materials to mount the Encompass 4H Reader on a round pole:•A 5/32-inch Allen wrench to assemble and adjust the mounting brackets•Two 0.5 inch (1.3 cm) wide, stainless steel hose clamp straps that are 12 inches (30.5 cm) long for a typical 2-inch (5-cm) diameter pole or 24 inches (61 cm) long for a 10-inch (25-cm) diameter pole•Flat-tip screwdriver or adjustable wrench to tighten hose clamp straps•Length of 12-14 AWG wire, stake, and clamps to connect reader to earth ground.Procedures To mount the Encompass 4H Reader to a pole1. Unpack the Encompass 4H Reader. A factory-mounted bracket (Figure 4-3 and Figure 4-4) is attached to the back of the Encompass 4H Reader. A pole mount bracket assembly (Figure 4-5) is bubble-wrapped separately and contains a plastic bag of four Allen screws and washers.2. Using the two 0.5 inch (1.3 cm) stainless steel hose clamps, attach the pole mount bracket assembly to the pole approximately 8 feet (2.4m) above the pavement surface. Tighten slightly so you can adjust the Encompass 4H Reader left or right, but not so slightly the straps slide down the pole.
Factory-mounted bracketInstalling the Encompass 4H Reader4-13Figure 4-3 Back of the Encompass 4H Reader (reader shown has integrated antenna)Figure 4-4 Factory-Mounted BracketFigure 4-5 Pole-Mount Bracket Assembly
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-143. Using the four Allen screws and washers, attach the Encompass 4H Reader to the pole mount bracket as shown in Figure 4-6. Tighten the screws slightly so that the Encompass 4H Reader can be adjusted up or down, but not so slightly the mounting assembly slips. Figure 4-6 The Encompass 4H Reader Attached to the Pole Mount Bracket4. Adjust the assembly by pointing the Encompass 4H Reader to the middle of the area where tags will be read, and tighten all screws and straps slightly.Note: Adjust the Encompass 4H Reader to provide the most direct line of sight to the tags.Figure 4-7 illustrates front and top views of a pole-mounted Encompass 4H Reader with the approximate measurements for sites where tags would be mounted on the interior driver-side windshield. eGo WSTs may be mounted on the interior upper cen-ter or upper corner of the windshield, eGo Plus Sticker and Security Sticker tags may be mounted on the interior upper center of the windshield.Note: Determine the read zone before you tighten all screws and straps permanently. Refer to the section “Marking the Read Zone” on page 4-30.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-15Figure 4-7 Front and Top Views of the Encompass 4H Reader PositionNote: The dimensions in Figure 4-7 are for demonstration purposes only and are approximations for sites using the older ATA-type tags. Actual dimensions vary as lane geometry and tag style varies from site to site. Adjust the Encompass 4H Reader matching site and tag mounting positions to provide the most direct line of sight to the tags.CautionTo ensure reliable reader operation, TransCore strongly advises that you follow the National Electric Code for lightning protection for the locale where you are install-ing the Encompass 4H Reader.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-16Mounting the Encompass 4H Reader to a Wall or Flat SurfaceThe basic Encompass 4H Reader is supplied with a pole-mount bracket assembly (Figure 4-5) that allows you to adjust the Encompass 4H Reader up and down. TransCore recommends using the wall-mount bracket accessory kit (Figure 4-8) in addition to the pole-mount bracket to provide additional horizontal aiming flexibility when attaching the Encompass 4H Reader to a pole with flat sides or to a wall or ceil-ing where other structures can interfere with accurately aiming the Encompass 4H Reader toward the tags.Figure 4-8 Wall Mount Bracket Accessory (part number 54-1620-001)Required MaterialsYou need the following materials to install the Encompass 4H Reader on a wall or flat surface. Ensure the use of high-quality, corrosion-resistant anchor hardware.•Anchor hardware suitable for the surface on which you mount the Encompass 4H ReaderBecause the Encompass 4H Reader weighs only 9 1/2 lbs (4.3 kg), 0.25 in (0.6 cm) bolt hardware is adequate to secure the unit to a wall or ceiling.•Four hex nuts 3/8-16 threaded and four lockwashers•5/32-inch Allen wrench•One Encompass 4H wall mount bracket accessory kit (required)ProceduresTo mount the Encompass 4H Reader to a wall or ceiling1. Unpack the Encompass 4H Reader. Set aside the pole mount bracket.Use the bracket in the remaining steps to provide greater adjustment for the Encompass 4H Reader. The pole-mount bracket is wrapped separately from the Encompass 4H Reader and contains a plastic bag of four Allen screws and washers.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-172. Using the 5/32-inch Allen wrench, remove the factory-mounted bracket attached to the back of the Encompass 4H Reader. Remove all four Allen screws and lock washers from the bracket and set aside.3. Unpack the wall-mount bracket accessory kit.4. Using the Allen screws and lock washers set aside in Step 2, attach the wall- mount bracket to the back of the Encompass 4H Reader, as shown in Figure 4-9.Figure 4-9 Wall Mount Bracket Attached to the Encompass 4H Reader5. Tighten the screws to secure the bracket.6. Using the four screws and washers supplied with the wall-mount bracket, attach the factory-mounted bracket to the wall mount bracket, lining up the four outside screw holes as shown in Figure 4-10.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-18 Figure 4-10 Factory-Mounted Bracket Attached to Wall Mount Bracket7. Tighten lightly, since you will want to adjust the bracket later. This subassembly allows you to aim the Encompass 4H Reader left or right when all three brackets are assembled.8. Mount the pole-mount bracket to the wall, ceiling, or fixture using appropriate anchors as shown in Figure 4-11.Figure 4-11 Pole Mount Bracket Attached to Wall
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-199. Mount the Encompass 4H Reader to the pole-mount bracket using Allen screws, as shown in Figure 4-12. Figure 4-12 Connecting the Encompass 4H Assembly to Pole Mount Bracket10. Adjust the assembly by pointing the Encompass 4H Reader to the middle of the area where tags will be read and tighten all screws and straps slightly.Note: Adjust the Encompass 4H Reader to provide the most direct line of sight to the tags.CautionTo ensure reliable reader operation, TransCore strongly advises that you follow the National Electric Code for lightning protection for the locale where you are install-ing the Encompass 4H Reader.After mounting the Encompass 4H Reader, you must connect it to a dedicated 16 to 20V AC or 16 to 28V DC power supply.Connecting the Power SupplyTo connect the Encompass 4H Reader to a low-voltage AC power supply follow the procedures described previously in the section “Connecting the AC Power Supply” on page 4-5.To connect the Encompass 4H Reader to a low-voltage DC power supply follow the procedures described previously in the section “Connecting the DC Power Supply” on page 4-6.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-20After mounting the Encompass 4H Reader, you must connect the reader to a dedicated 16 to 20V AC or 16 to 28V DC power supply.Reader Cable GroundingEnsure that you connect the communications cable shield drain wire to Earth Ground and the yellow/black wires to Signal Ground (Figure 4-13).Figure 4-13 Recommended Reader Cable GroundingCautionDo not ground the input power supply.CautionAfter connecting the wires in the communications cable, connect the drain wire from the communications cable to Earth Ground. Connect the yellow/black wires to Signal Ground.Connecting CommunicationsTransCore offers reader models that communicate through RS–232, RS–422, and Wiegand interface protocols. This section describes the procedures and materials required for connecting the communications to the junction box and to the sense input and sense output circuits.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-21Required MaterialsYou need the following materials to connect the communications cable to the PC:•PC or laptop•Any terminal emulation program such as Procomm Plus™ or Hyper Terminal™ running on a PC•Communications cable to connect to the COM1 port on your PCConnecting the Encompass 4H Reader to the PCEncompass 4H Reader communications and customer interface signals are supplied from the Encompass 4H Reader to the host through a multiwire cable, which is a 13-pair pigtail. The connector for this cable is located on the back of the Encompass 4H Reader. Refer to the following sections to connect the appropriate communications wires from the cable to the terminal strip that is located inside the junction box.These sections contain instructions for connecting RS–232, RS–422, and Wiegand communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and the PC. Each section con-tains wiring instructions and pin assignments followed by step-by-step connection procedures.The Encompass 4H Reader can remain powered up while connecting reader-to-host PC communications. RS–232 InterfaceRS–232 interface signals are supplied by three or five wires from the Encompass 4H Reader communications cable. The pin assignments for the signal to the host male DB9 and DB25 connectors are shown in boldface in Figure 4-2.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-22Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader Colored-Wire Pair CableTable 4-6 shows the RS–232 colored wire assignments. Table 4-6 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass 4H ReaderColored-Wire Pair Cable Connect Wire to Host DB9 PinConnect Wire to Host DB25 PinWire Pair from Encompass 4H ReaderColor UsedTxD — Encompass 4H Reader output, host inputRed/Black Black Pin 2 Pin 3 RxD — Encompass 4H Reader input, host outputRed Pin 3 Pin 2 Signal ground Yellow/Black Yellow or Black Pin 5 Pin 7Optional for hardware handshakingRTS — Encompass 4H Reader output, host input Yellow/Red Yellow Pin 8 Pin 5CTS — Encompass 4H Reader input, host outputRed Pin 7 Pin 4To connect the colored-wire cable using RS–232 interface1. Connect the black wire (transmit data) from the red and black wire pair to pin 2 of the DB9 connector or pin 3 of the DB25 connector. 2. Connect the red wire (receive data) from the red and black wire pair to pin 3 of the DB9 connector or pin 2 of the DB25 connector.3. Connect either the yellow or black wire (signal ground) from the yellow and black wire pair to pin 5 of the DB9 connector or pin 7 of the DB25 connector. 4. Plug the DB9 connector or DB25 connector into the PC. If the host is set up for hardware handshaking, use the following procedures:1. Connect the yellow wire (RTS) from the yellow and red wire pair to pin 8 of the DB9 connector or pin 5 of the DB25 connector.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-232. Connect the red wire (CTS) from the yellow and red wire pair to pin 7 of the DB9 connector or pin 4 of the DB25 connector.Note: When extending the RS-232 interface, use a three-pair cable such as Belden 2919. Use a twisted pair for the Black (RxD) with ground (Black of the Black and Yel-low pair), and a twisted pair for Red (TxD) with ground (Black of the Black and Yel-low pair). The third pair of the three-pair cable can be used for a spare in the event either of the other two pair are damaged or fail. The cable shield should be tied to a single-point Earth Ground on the controller end of the cable Refer to Figure 4-14.Figure 4-14 RS-232 Cable Extension DiagramRS–422 InterfaceRS–422 interface signals are supplied by four wires from the Encompass 4H Reader communications cable. Your host must have an RS–422 interface with either an inter-nal or external converter. Table 4-7 shows the RS–422 signals and their interface wires.Table 4-7 RS–422 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass 4H ReaderColored-Wire Pair CableConnect to Signal from HostWire Pair from Encompass 4H ReaderColor UsedRS–422 Transmit positive Yellow/Red Yellow Receive (+)RS–422 Transmit negative Red Receive (–)RS–422 Receive positive Red/Black Black Transmit (+)RS–422 Receive negative Red Transmit (–)Signal Ground Yellow/Black Yellow or Black Signal Ground
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-24To connect the colored-wire cable using RS–422 interface1. Connect the yellow wire (transmit +) from the yellow and red wire pair to the host receive (+) signal.2. Connect the red wire (transmit –) from the yellow and red wire pair to the host receive (–) signal. 3. Connect the black wire (receive +) from the red and black wire pair to the host transmit (+) signal.4. Connect the red wire (receive –) from the red and black wire pair to the host transmit (–) signal.Wiegand InterfaceWiegand interface signals are supplied by three wires from the Encompass 4H Reader communications cable. The Encompass 4H Reader with RS–232 or RS–422 comes with the Wiegand option built in. The Wiegand interface can only be used by the reader to output valid Wiegand tag reads. All reader commands and responses are issued through the serial interface.Table 4-8 shows the Wiegand signals and the interface wires.Table 4-8 Wiegand Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass 4H ReaderColored-Wire Pair CableConnect to Signal from HostWire Pair from Encompass 4H ReaderColor UsedWiegand Zero Output Blue/Red Blue Data0Wiegand One Output Red Data1Signal Ground Yellow/Black Yellow or black GroundTo connect Wiegand interface1. Connect the blue wire (data0) from the blue and red wire pair to the data0 wire of the Wiegand device.2. Connect the red wire (data1) from the blue and red wire pair to the data1 wire of the Wiegand device.3. Connect either the yellow or black wire from the yellow and black pair to the Wiegand device’s signal ground.Note: The RS–232 or RS–422 interface is still included on the Encompass 4H Reader even when you use the Wiegand configuration. If serial communication is not needed, TransCore recommends leaving the DB9 or DB25 connected to the cable for future use.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-25Note: When extending the Wiegand interface, use a three-pair cable such as Belden 2919. Use a twisted pair for the Red (Data1) with ground (Yellow of the Black and Yel-low pair), and a twisted pair for Blue (Data0) with ground (Yellow of the Black and Yellow pair). The third pair of the three-pair cable can be used for a spare in the event either of the other two pair are damaged or fail. The cable shield should be tied to a single-point Earth Ground on the controller end of the cable. Refer to Figure 4-15. Figure 4-15 Wiegand Cable Extension DiagramWarningDo not cut the RS–232 red/black wires. If you cut the wires, you may not be able to use them in the future for testing or adding additional functions.Connecting Sense Input and Sense Output CircuitsThe Encompass 4H Reader has two sense input circuits and three sense output circuits available. The sense input circuits can be used to notify the Encompass 4H Reader of external events and are designed to be connected to a free-of-voltage dry contact. Sense output circuits are single-pole, double-throw relays that provide normally closed (NC) and normally open (NO) dry contacts. The relay contacts are rated at 42.2V AC peak (30 Vrms) or 60V DC at 1 A maximum. If controlling an external gate or device requiring high current, an isolation transformer is required.The following sections provide information to connect the sense input and sense out-put circuits.Sense Input CircuitsThe Encompass 4H Reader supports two sense inputs – sense input0 and sense input1– which requires two sense input lines for each loop sense or a total of four sense input connections. Sense input0 is the presence detection device line and is used to control RF power. As shown in Figure 4-16, sense input0 is through the red/green wire pair on the I/O pigtail. The Encompass 4H Reader expects the sense input0 cir-cuit to close when a vehicle is present (i.e., a NO condition). The minimum presence true period is fixed at 0 ms, which indicates that no delay occurs in closing the circuit when a vehicle is present.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-26Sense input1 allows the Encompass 4H Reader to monitor the status of a peripheral device. The host computer can then check the status by polling the Encompass 4H Reader.Figure 4-16 Sample Circuit ConnectionsFor Encompass 4H Readers that are used with IAG protocols, the NC sense output0 common is connected to the NO sense output0 common via a jumper providing a return for sense output0 NC. Figure 4-17 shows this wiring.Figure 4-17 Sample Circuit Connections for IAG Installations
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-27Sense Output Circuits The Encompass 4H Reader supports three sets of sense output signals. Two sets – sense output0 and sense output1 – provide NO or NC sense outputs. The third sense output set is dedicated for testing and set up of the reader. It is defined as the TAG_LOCK signal, which indicates a valid tag is in the read field.These sense outputs are dry contacts that provide NO and NC sense outputs. The relay contacts are rated at 42.2V AC peak (30 Vrms) or 60V DC at 1 A maximum. If con-trolling an external gate or device requiring high current, an isolation transformer is required.As illustrated in Figure 4-16, sense output0, NC, is located on the orange/black pair. Sense output0, NO, is located on the brown/black pair.As shown in Figure 4-17, for IAG applications, Sense output0 NC, shares a common return with sense output0 NO.In Wiegand mode operation, the sense outputs are not controlled by a predefined out-put mode.Table 4-9 lists the cable descriptions and functions for the interface signals. These wire pairs can be used or terminated based on the specific project applications and site requirements.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-28Using Table 4-9 as a guide to the functions of each of the wire signals, connect the remaining wires to the appropriate terminal blocks on the terminal strip in the junction box. Table 4-9 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments Pair Pin Color Signal Description Typical FunctionBlue/Red EBlue WGND0 Wiegand data0 Parking/access control applicationsFRed WGND1 Wiegand data1 Parking/access control applicationsWhite/Red LWhite Lock Tag lock output, active-closed Testing maintenanceMRed Lock_RTN Tag lock return Testing maintenanceGreen/Red NGreen Sense Input0 Sense Input0 (loop) Loop and presence detectionPRed Sense Input0_RTN Sense Input0 return; not isolated from signal groundLoop and presence detectionBlue/Black RBlue Sense Input1 Sense Input1 General-purpose sense input, not used for detecting presenceSBlack Sense Input1_RTN Sense Input1 return; not isolated from signal groundGeneral-purpose sense input, not used for detecting presenceBrown/Black TBlack Sense Output0_COM Sense Output0 (tag detect), common terminalSwitched output to control gateUBrown Sense Output0_NO Sense Output0 NO terminal Switched output to control gateOrange/Black VBlack Sense Output0_COM Sense Output0 (tag detect output), common terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-29CautionAfter connecting the wires in the communications cable, ground all drain wires from the communications cable to the chassis ground in the NEMA enclosure.Orange/Black V** Black Sync_485_N RS–485 bus negative Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busWOrange Sense Output0_NC Sense Output0 NC terminal Switched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)Green/Black XBlack Sense Output1_ COM Sense Output1, common terminal Switched sense output YGreen Sense Output1_NO Sense Output1 NO terminal Switched sense output White/Black ZBlack Sense Output1_ COM Sense Output1, common terminal Switched sense output White/Black Z** Black Sync_485_P RS–485 bus positive Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busaWhite Sense Output1_NC Sense Output1 NC terminal Switched sense output Yellow/Black bYellow GND Logic ground Signal ground used with RS–232 and Wiegand cBlack GND Logic ground Signal ground used with RS–232 and Wiegand **Use this synchronization pin designation if installing an Encompass 4H Reader that reads IAG protocol tags. The part numbers for these readers are as follows:10-4002-004; 10-4002-010; 10-4002-019; 10-4004-004; 10-4004-010; 10-4004-019;10-4012-004; 10-4012-010; 10-4012-019; 10-4014-004; 10-4014-010; 10-4014-019;Table 4-9 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments (continued)Pair Pin Color Signal Description Typical Function
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-30Marking the Read ZoneThe area where the Encompass 4H reads tags at the current RF range is called the read zone. The antenna pattern, or read zone, of the Encompass 4H Reader would look roughly like a pear-shaped balloon if you were able to see it. When installing the Encompass 4H Reader, you should first mark the unit’s read zone using the RF range set at the factory-default maximum. You can later adjust the read zone using the tech-niques discussed in “Fine-Tuning and Verifying the Read Zone” on page 8-19.If two Encompass 4H Readers are installed near each other, TransCore recommends that you fine-tune each reader for the ideal read zone before connecting it permanently to sense input/sense output and communications cables. Required MaterialsYou need the following materials to mark the read zone:•Test tags, supplied by the TransCore dealer or distributor•Piece of windshield-type glass 0.190 to 0.230 inches (4.82 to 5.84 mm) in thick-ness and approximately 12 inches (30.48 cm) square on which to attach the eGo Plus Sticker Tag, eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag, or eGo WSTCautionBoth the eGo Plus Sticker Tag and eGo WST have a reduced read range when not attached to glass.•Audible circuit tester and 9V DC battery for circuit tester power as described in the section “Bench Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Before Installation” on page 4-10.•Piece of chalk or roll of tape•Plastic or wooden yardstick for ATA or IAG tags•Vinyl electrical tape or hook-and-loop materialProceduresNote: Using test tags that are not mounted to vehicles give a general idea of the read pattern but the pattern will vary somewhat when actual vehicles with tags are tested. Final adjustments must be made with tags properly mounted on a variety of vehicles.To mark the read zone1. Confirm the following:• You have correctly connected the power supply as described “Connecting the AC Power Supply” on page 4-5 and “Connecting the DC Power Supply” on page 4-6.
Installing the Encompass 4H Reader4-31• You have correctly connected communications as described in “Connecting Communications” on page 4-20.• You have correctly connected sense input and sense output circuits as described in “Connecting Sense Input and Sense Output Circuits” on page 4-25. 2. Connect the red and white leads from the audible tester to the red and white pair of wires from the Encompass 4H Reader power/communications cable.3. Start the terminal emulation application Microsoft HyperTerminal by selecting Programs>Accessories>Communications>HyperTerminal and press ENTER. 4. In the HyperTerminal dialog boxes choose the com port to which the communications interface is attached and set the properties as:• Bits per second: 9600 baud• Data bits: 8• Parity: none• Stop bits: 1• Flow control: none5. Cycle the power on the Encompass 4H Reader and ensure that the sign-on message displays.6. Input the following commands in the order provided in Table 4-5. Commands include those to switch to command mode, set operational mode, turn on RF, and return the reader to data mode.7. Secure the ATA or IAG test tag to the end of the yardstick using electrical tape or hook-and-loop material or affix the test eGo Plus or eGo WST to the glass. Be sure the tag polarization (horizontal or vertical alignment) matches that of the Encompass 4H Reader. If using an eGo Plus-type test tag or eGo WST, the glass should be in front of the tag (between the tag and the reader).8. Stand directly in front of and about 5 feet (1.5 m) away (see Figure 4-18) from the Encompass 4H Reader. Hold the stick or the piece of glass so that the tag is positioned at a height and angle consistent with a tag installed on a vehicle. The test tag should cause the audible tester to sound.Note: If you hold the test tag in your hand, your hand absorbs the RF signal and the test results are not accurate.9. Mark the spot with chalk or tape.10. Move to the left until the sound stops and mark the ground with chalk or tape at the location of the tag when the sound stopped.11. Return to the center and then move to the right until the sound stops and mark the ground with chalk or tape at the location of the tag when the sound stopped.12. Return to the center and step backward 2 feet (0.6m) and repeat steps 5 through 7.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide4-3213. Continue moving the tag in this manner, placing marks on the ground to identify the boundary of the read zone each time the sound stops. Continue moving the tag to various locations until the read zone is fully marked.14. You can now connect the outer marks to draw the outer boundary of the read zone.Figure 4-18 is a view of a sample read zone within a controlled lane. The outer X marks show the outside edges of the read zone.Figure 4-18 Sample Read Zone Marking Pattern15. Standing at the farthest point of the pattern, walk toward the Encompass 4H Reader and listen for a continuous sound from the audible tester. If the sound is not continuous, it could indicate a weak or “patchy” RF pattern. See “Fine-Tuning and Verifying the Read Zone” on page 8-19 to adjust the read zone.
5General Software Information
General Software Information5-3Chapter 5General Software InformationThis chapter provides software-related information for the Encompass® 4H Reader System. This chapter presents various software-related topics arranged in alphabetical order by subject. In addition to this chapter, refer to Chapter 6, “Communications Protocols,” and Chapter 7, “Commands for more information.Command Entry ConventionsAll Encompass 4H Reader commands are preceded by the start-of-message character (#). The end-of-message sequence expected from the host is a carriage return (CR). The Encompass 4H Reader terminates messages with a return and a line-feed (CR/LF). For example, the command #01 Switch To Command Mode is typed as follows:#01<ENTER>where <ENTER> is the Enter or Return key.Some command characters may be represented by the letter N. This letter indicates you are to supply a value. Maximum valid entries are the numbers 0 through 9 and the uppercase letters A through F. These letters allow for as many as 16 available user responses and are based on the hexadecimal numbering system. Commands have at least two characters following the # character. Table 5-1 shows the basic structure of a four-character command.Table 5-1 Four-Character Command Structure #1005 Set Baud Rate To 9600 Baud#All commands are preceded by the # character.1Indicates the command group. This command is in Group 1- Communications Port Control.0Indicates the command subgroup. In this example, all commands with a second digit of 0 apply to the main port.0The command digit. In this example, the 0 indicates that this command affects the baud rate.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide5-4Command Response ConventionsLike the Encompass 4H Reader commands, responses are preceded by the # character. Many Encompass 4H Reader commands respond with #Done or #Error indicating the command was or was not recognized and completed. Other commands respond with a four-character identifier followed by one or more values.Table 5-2 shows an example of a command/reply sequence. This example assumes that an Encompass 4H Reader with serial number SN97001P running version X.XX software is connected to a PC running a terminal emulation software package such as Windows Hyper Terminal or Procomm Plus. The command sequence verifies that communications are working correctly.Table 5-2 Sample Command SequenceEntry Encompass 4H Reader Response Notes#01 <CR> #Done <CR/LF> Switches Encompass 4H Reader to command mode.#505 <CR> #Model E4 Series Ver X.XX SN08001P <CR/LF> Reports the software version and serial number.#00 <CR> #Done <CR/LF> Returns Encompass 4H Reader to data mode.In command discussions, Encompass 4H Reader response characters may be shown in brackets < >. The use of brackets indicates that the response is a value in the range of characters. The brackets are not part of the response. For example, the response to command #520 Display Power Fail Bit is either a 0 or a 1. In the command discus-sion, the response is shown as:#PWRB <0-1>with actual Encompass 4H Reader response being one of the following:#PWRB 0#PWRB 1In this example, PWRB is the four-character identifier for power fail bit, and the 0 or 1 is the value. All spaces shown in the response are actual spaces sent from the Encom-pass 4H Reader. In this example, one space is between the letter B and the number. 5Indicates the setting. Normally this is a variable and is usually a hexadecimal value from 0 through F. In this example, 5 sets the baud rate to 9600, the factory setting. In some commands, this digit may be a four-place hexadecimal string or a character string.Table 5-1 Four-Character Command Structure (continued)#1005 Set Baud Rate To 9600 Baud
General Software Information5-5Operating ParametersThe Encompass 4H Readers maintain their operating parameters in non-volatile mem-ory (NVRAM) so that the parameters are preserved after a power-down sequence.CautionTo save user parameter changes to NVRAM, you must send command #00 before powering down the reader.Power FailThe system maintains a power fail flag. The host transmits command #520 Display Power Fail Bit to determine if a power down has occurred. This flag is cleared by both command #63 Reset Reader and command #65 Reset Power Fail Bit.Program DownloadProgram download stores the Encompass 4H applications software into the reader’s flash memory. Program download is used to install program upgrades, add features, and to recover from corrupted program data.Note: Program download is a hosted process. Exercise caution so that you don’t inad-vertently enter download mode.Download ConsiderationsYou should consider the following factors when performing program download:•The Encompass 4H Reader does not process tags while in download mode.•The Encompass 4H Reader does not accept any program data unless a successful erase of flash memory has been performed before transmitting the data. Erasing the flash memory typically takes two seconds.•Exiting from download mode re-executes startup. If the new software has been loaded without errors, the Encompass 4H Reader comes up in data mode. If a flash checksum error is detected, the Encompass 4H Reader reenters download mode and transmits a sign-on message with a boot version of 0.00x and without a serial number.Note: The Encompass 4H Reader uses default communications parameters when operating in download mode – 38400 baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity, basic protocol – and does not echo commands.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide5-6Download ProceduresIf TransCore releases a new version of the Encompass 4H Reader software or if the Encompass 4H Reader seems not to be working properly, you may need to download the software to the Encompass 4H Reader. Contact technical support or your TransCore Encompass 4H Reader sales representative.StartupUpon startup, Encompass 4H Reader’s transmit a sign-on message or a boot ROM failure message.Sign-On MessageIf startup is successful, the sign-on message appears as follows: Model E4 Series [software version] SNYYYYYY[Copyright notice]where YYYYYY is the serial number assigned to the 4800 Reader unit being used.Serial number 000000 is the default setting and is not a valid number. If this number appears in the sign-on message, the serial number has never been stored into reader memory. The serial number must be assigned by factory-authorized personnel using command #695S...S Set Serial Number. Because only six digits are allowed in the software, when setting the serial number skip the fourth (middle) digit of the seven-digit number shown on the reader label.If the flash memory checksum does not indicate verification, the sign-on message appears as follows:Model [E4] Ver 0.00x[Copyright notice]Boot Failure MessageThe software performs a checksum function on itself. The function returns a specific value for the particular version of software. If the value returned is not correct, the boot ROM checksum assumes that locations have been corrupted and a failure condi-tion exists. If the boot ROM checksum is not correct, a boot failure message is trans-mitted. If the failure message does not transmit, a communications error has occurred or the boot failed to the extent that it cannot transmit the failure message.If the failure message version number equals 0.00 and no serial number exists, the flash memory checksum has failed, and the Encompass 4H Reader is operating out of boot ROM. In this case, the Encompass 4H Reader automatically enters download mode and waits for a new program to be loaded into the flash memory. Follow the instructions in “Program Download” on page 5-5 to download a new program.
General Software Information5-7Tag/Message BufferIn basic communication protocol, the Encompass 4H Reader does not provide tag memory storage beyond the quantity required for uniqueness checking. This feature allows adequate buffering of tag data under normal operating conditions. The Encom-pass 4H Reader cannot operate as a stand-alone component. When the buffer fills, subsequent tag IDs will be lost. In error correcting protocol (ECP), a buffer of up to three additional tag reads will be held in case a host system is unable to acknowledge tag reads in real time.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide5-8
6Communications Protocols
Communications Protocols6-3Chapter 6Communications ProtocolsThis chapter describes the communications protocols for the Encompass® 4 Reader.IntroductionThe Encompass 4H Reader supports the following communications protocols:•Basic•Error correcting protocol (ECP)•Data inquiryThe following protocol information provides reference information relevant to devel-oping host software.Communications are performed using the 7-bit ASCII code with optional parity, thus providing easy setup, testing, and diagnostics with standard ASCII terminals and serial printers. Parity must be enabled to achieve the specified undetected error rate.Each message is framed within the start-of-message (som) and end-of-message (eom) characters so that the host computer can detect the beginning and end of each mes-sage. This convention is most important under marginal communications conditions during which the host may receive extraneous noise-induced characters between reader transmissions. In such instances, the host is capable of ignoring any messages that do not conform to the som...eom frame sequence.Both data mode and command mode require a two-way message interchange is when using ECP. This interchange is completed by the message recipient returning a mes-sage acknowledgment to the message sender.With ECP, all transmissions require a message. If a message is not received, the sender will time out with the same effect as if it had received a negative acknowledgment (from the host) or an Error message from the Encompass 4H Reader.Software (XON/XOFF) flow control is optionally supported. Be careful in the use of XON/XOFF since noise-induced characters may be interpreted by the Encompass 4H Reader as the XOFF character, which would suspend reader output without informa-tion reaching the host computer. For more information see “Software Flow Control” on page 8-18.Note: TransCore recommends that XON/XOFF flow control be disabled while using ECP.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-4Basic ProtocolWith basic protocol, messages sent to and from the Encompass 4H Reader and the host are transmitted without error checking. For each host transmission, the Encom-pass 4H Reader returns a Done or Error message to the host.When the host computer is physically close to the Encompass 4H Reader and no sources of interference exist, the basic protocol provides reliable communications.The host must be ready to receive reader-transmitted messages because in basic proto-col the Encompass 4H Reader does not wait for the host to acknowledge a message before transmitting the next message. If necessary, the host may halt reader transmis-sions by using software or hardware flow control. Refer to Chapter 8 for flow control information.Error Correcting ProtocolWhen the quality of data communications is imperative or may be suspect, you can invoke ECP to ensure the integrity of data transmitted between the Encompass 4H Reader and the host. Note: TransCore recommends that basic protocol (not ECP) be used when commands are entered manually at the keyboard.Wiegand output is automatically disabled when the reader is put into ECP mode.Error correction is accomplished with the use of a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) value that is based on the message data. The originator (reader or host) calculates the CRC value of a message and includes it in the transmitted message.The recipient (reader or host) also calculates a CRC value for the received message. If the transmitted message data is correct, the CRC value calculated by the recipient will agree with the CRC value calculated by the originator. If the CRC values do not agree, the recipient rejects the message.Message sequence numbers are also included when using ECP. These sequence num-bers are checked to determine if the message received has the correct sequence num-ber; if not, the recipient rejects the message.Since the seven-bit ASCII code is used and there are eight data bits per character, the eighth bit can optionally be used to support parity. Where parity is selected, the CRC value calculation includes the parity of each character in the calculation of the CRC value.Parity is required to achieve the most reliable communications. If parity is enabled, both the Encompass 4H Reader and the host must issue a message if any received character has a parity error. However, the message must not be transmitted before receipt of the eom character. In this case, the Encompass 4H Reader will issue an
Communications Protocols6-5Error message, and the host computer will issue a negative acknowledgment mes-sage.Data Inquiry ProtocolData inquiry protocol is a basic protocol option that allows the host to control transmission of reader tag data. The selection of data inquiry protocol affects data mode operation. As the Encompass 4H Reader acquires tags, it buffers them but does not transmit them. Instead, the host must poll the Encompass 4H Reader for each tag by sending a CTRL-E character (hex 5 digit). The Encompass 4H Reader transmits one message (tag ID or report data) for each CTRL-E it receives until the buffer is empty.Each tag request message sent by the host consists only of the CTRL-E character; no som or eom characters are sent. Encompass 4H Reader data transmission (tag ID and report data) format is the same as for basic protocol.Selection of data inquiry protocol does not affect command mode operation.Basic Protocol and ECP FormatNote: In the following text, the symbols < and > are used to represent required vari-able message data, and the symbols [and] are used to represent optional data. These symbols are not part of the message syntax.Reader TransmissionsThe basic protocol format and the data inquiry protocol format are as follows:<som><data><eom>The ECP format is as follows:<som><seq><data><crc><eom>where<som> Start-of-message (ASCII # character)<seq> Sequence number (ASCII hex) that represents an even number in the range 0–9, A–F (0, 2, 4, 6, 8, A, C, E). The Encompass 4H Reader maintains the number. The host must acknowledge reader transmissions by sending an ACK message with the same sequence number received from the Encompass 4H Reader. The Encompass 4H Reader updates its sequence number upon receipt of a valid host ACK. If an ACK is not received, the Encompass 4H Reader retransmits the message. A reader transmission sequence is not considered complete until the Encompass 4H Reader receives an ACK and updates its sequence number.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-6<data> An ASCII string up to 72 characters long. This string may contain tag data, a presence without tag report; an input status change report; an Error06, Error07, Error08, or Error11 message; or a sign-on message. Auxiliary data may also be included.<crc> Field containing four ASCII digits that represent the 16-bit CRC value calculated on the message. The CRC value is calculated on bytes between the som character and the first <crc> byte.When the host receives a properly framed message, it can calculate a 16-bit CRC value. The calculation is applied to the character string that immediately follows the <som> and that ends with the character immediately preceding the first <crc> character.The transmitted CRC value can then be compared with the binary equivalent of the received <crc> characters. If the transmitted and received CRC values do not match, the recipient assumes the message was received in error, and transmits a NAK message response.<eom> End-of-message characters (ASCII CR and LF). The system includes both a carriage return (CR) and line feed (LF) to facilitate the use of terminals and printers.If the host receives a <som> character in the middle of a data message, the message in progress is aborted. The assumption is that an <eom> was lost and the Encompass 4H Reader is in the process of retransmitting the previous message.ECP Host ACK/NAK ResponseWith ECP, the host computer responds to all data message transmissions from the Encompass 4H Reader using the following acknowledgment or negative acknowledg-ment response format.<som><seq><ack/nak><crc><eom>where<som> Start-of-message (ASCII # character)<seq> An echo of the sequence number received from the Encompass 4H Reader. The sequence number should correspond to the data message that is being positively or negatively acknowledged by the host. If the Encompass 4H Reader receives an ACK message with the incorrect sequence number, the data message is retransmitted.
Communications Protocols6-7The host computer resets the anticipated data message sequence number to that of the Encompass 4H Reader before communications can resume without error.<ack/nak> ASCII @ character for ACK response; ASCII ? character for NAK response<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message character (ASCII CR)The Encompass 4H Reader sets a user-programmable timeout delay at the time each message is transmitted based on command #612NN Set Error Correcting Protocol Timeout, where NN = timeout delay. To disable the timeout delay for diagnostic pur-poses, issue the command #612FF Disable Error Correcting Protocol Timeout.If the timeout delay expires before the Encompass 4H Reader receives an ACK or NAK message from the host, a logical NAK condition will be declared. If the Encompass 4H Reader receives a NAK or timeout, the reader retransmits the data message.When the Encompass 4H Reader receives an ACK message, the system software treats the message as having been properly received by the host. The software incre-ments the sequence number, and advances pointers to the next message in the Encom-pass 4H Reader’s message queue to prepare for sending the next message.Switch to Command Mode RequestThe host computer may issue command #01 Switch to Command Mode while in data mode.The basic protocol format is as follows:<som><cmd><eom>The ECP format is as follows:<som><seq><cmd><crc><eom>where<som> Start-of-message (ASCII # character)<seq> Sequence number generated by the host computer separately from that appearing in data messages transmitted by the Encompass 4H Reader <cmd> Switch to command mode (ASCII characters 01)<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message character (ASCII CR)
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-8Host TransmissionThe host computer initiates synchronous communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and the host. The host begins a sequence by issuing a command; the Encom-pass 4H Reader responds accordingly.The data inquiry protocol format is as follows:<CTRL-E>The basic protocol format is as follows:<som><cmd>[<data>]<eom>The ECP format is as follows:<som><seq><cmd>[<data>]<crc><eom>where<CTRL-E> ASCII Control E (hex 5 digit). When in data inquiry mode, each transmission of a CTRL-E by the host causes the Encompass 4H Reader to transmit one tag ID.<som> Start-of-message (ASCII # character)<seq> Sequence number (ASCII hex digit) that represents an odd number in the range 0–9, A–F (1, 3, 5, 7, 9, B, D, F). The host should use odd sequence numbers in its command since the Encompass 4H Reader uses even sequence numbers in its transmissions. This method eliminates the possibility of a synchronous host command and an asynchronous reader transmission having the same sequence number.Upon receiving a host command in ECP, the Encompass 4H Reader replies using the command’s sequence number in its response. Therefore, the host computer updates its sequence number upon receipt of a valid reader message. If the sequence number is not updated before transmission of the next command, the Encompass 4H Reader will not service the new command; it will retransmit its previous message. A command/message sequence is not complete until the host updates its sequence number.<cmd> Command code, a string that contains from two to four ASCII hex characters[<data>] Optional data field, an ASCII string of as many as 20 characters in length. For example, the store hardware configuration string command is #696S...S or command #696 Store Hardware Configuration String followed by the data string S...S.
Communications Protocols6-9<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message character (ASCII CR)Reader Command ResponseThe basic protocol format is<som><resp><eom>The ECP format is<som><seq><resp><crc><eom>where<som> Start-of-message (ASCII # character)<seq> Echo of sequence number received in host command message<resp> Response string. The Encompass 4H Reader returns Done, Error, or another ASCII string depending on the host transmission. This string can be up to 72 characters long.<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message character (ASCII CR and LF)Sample MessagesThis section contains examples of typical messages transmitted between the Encom-pass 4H Reader and the host computer.Reader TransmissionsBasic protocol reader transmission #KING 1302<eom>Host responseNo host response for non-ECPECP reader transmission #4KING 1302 <crc><eom>where#Start-of-message character4Message sequence numberKING 1302 Message data: Tag ID is shown. Other sample message data could be as follows:
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-10IOST C0 O2 I0 D24 (display I/O status)Error06 (frequency not set)<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message characterHost response#4@<crc><eom>where#Start-of-message character4Message sequence number@ ACK (acknowledgment character)(? returned for a negative acknowledgment)<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message characterHost Command TransmissionsBasic protocol host transmission#6401<eom>Reader response#Done<eom> or #Error<eom> #Error<eom> is returned if the host transmission is not a legal command with legal data.ECP host transmission#76401<crc><eom>where#Start-of-message character7Message sequence number6401 Turns on RF.<crc> CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message character
Communications Protocols6-11Done Command has been invoked by the Encompass 4H Reader Reader response#7Done<crc><eom> or #7Error<eom>For some commands, the Encompass 4H Reader responds with data that relates to the command, such as T0F 0, to indicate Wiegand mode enabled for a #532 Display Wie-gand Mode Status command.#7Error<eom> will be returned if host transmission is not a legal command with legal data.Timing and SynchronizationThe ECP is largely independent of baud rate. The timeout delays previously described are a function of baud rate.The Encompass 4H Reader supports an ECP timeout, which applies equally to both transmit and receive. The receiver’s minimum timeout delay equals the time to transmit/receive the longest anticipated message at the current baud rate setting. Additional margin should be included for idle periods between characters; for example, processing overhead, if any. The timeout delay period can be expressed as follows:rec (ms) = L x [char + idle]wherechar (ms) 1000 x [ Bc / Rb ]BcBits per character, typically 10RbBaud rate, 1200–38.4 KLLength of message in charactersidle Maximum idle period between characters (ms)Note: The Encompass 4H Reader supports baud rates between 1200 and 38.4 K.Likewise, the sender must set a timeout delay equal to the delay of nine characters at the current baud rate setting. For example, the time required to shift out the <eom> character plus the time to shift in the ACK or NAK message to be received plus a pro-cessing allowance for the receiver to process the message and check for error condi-tions.Thus, the sending timeout delay can be expressed as follows:send (ms) = 9 * char + errchk
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-12whereerrckh (ms) Processing period to perform error checking by receiverThe host computer can remotely set the Encompass 4H Reader’s communications parameters while in the command mode, but TransCore does not recommend this action if communications conditions are marginal.After the Encompass 4H Reader receives new communications parameters, the Encompass 4H Reader issues the Done message and switches to the new configura-tion immediately. The host computer switches its communications parameters imme-diately after the transaction is complete.As noted, the message initiator, such as the Encompass 4H Reader in data mode and the host computer in command mode, starts a timeout counter at the time a message is transmitted. If the timeout expires before receiving an acknowledgement message, a logical NAK condition is declared, and the initiator assumes the message was received in error. In this instance, the message is retransmitted until an acknowledgement mes-sage is received.The message recipient, such as the host computer in data mode and the Encompass 4H Reader in command mode, starts a timeout counter when a <som> character is received. If the timeout expires without the receipt of an <eom>, the message acqui-sition is aborted (reset), and the receiver waits for the next <som> character.If the message recipient receives a second <som> character before an <eom> charac-ter, the message acquisition is aborted (reset), and retransmission of the previous mes-sage is assumed to be underway.These strategies allow for recovery during periods when communications are marginal or completely lost.Note: It is important that the host computer limit the period during which the Encom-pass 4H Reader remains in command mode to avoid losing tag IDs. RF is off in com-mand mode and no tags can be read.Reader-Addressed Failure ConditionsThe Encompass 4H Reader addresses the following failure conditions.Illegal Sequence Number (not in the range 0–9, A–F)If the Encompass 4H Reader detects an illegal sequence number in a host command message, it discards the received message and sends no response. If it receives an ille-gal sequence number in an ACK message, it responds as if a NAK had been received and retransmits the data.Wrong Sequence NumberIf the Encompass 4H Reader receives the wrong sequence number in an ACK message, it responds as if a NAK had been received, and it retransmits the data.
Communications Protocols6-13Incorrect CRCIf the Encompass 4H Reader detects an incorrect CRC value in a host command mes-sage, it discards the received message. No response is sent. If it receives an incorrect CRC value in an ACK message, it responds as if a NAK had been received, and it retransmits the data.Illegal CommandIf the Encompass 4H Reader receives an illegal command, it returns its standard Error message.Transmission TimeoutIf the Encompass 4H Reader transmits an asynchronous message and the host does not send an ACK before the ECP timeout occurs, the Encompass 4H Reader retransmits the message.Receive TimeoutIf the Encompass 4H Reader receives a <som> but does not receive a matching <eom> before the ECP timeout occurs, it discards the incomplete message and resets its receiver.Asynchronous Message/Command Message CollisionIf the Encompass 4H Reader transmits asynchronous data at the same time that the host sends a command, the Encompass 4H Reader gives priority to receiving the com-mand. It processes the command and sends a message before it retransmits the asyn-chronous data.Host-Addressed Failure ConditionsThe host computer addresses the following failure conditions.Illegal or Wrong Sequence NumberIf the host detects an illegal or wrong sequence number in a reader response, it retrans-mits the command with the same sequence number. If the host detects an illegal sequence number in an asynchronous reader transmission, it sends a NAK message.Incorrect CRCIf the host detects an incorrect CRC value in a reader message, it retransmits the com-mand with the same sequence number. If the host detects an incorrect CRC value in an asynchronous reader transmission, it transmits a NAK message.Transmission TimeoutIf the Encompass 4H Reader does not respond to a host command within a specified interval, the host software retransmits the command with the same sequence number.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-14Receive TimeoutIf the host receives a <som> but does not receive a matching <eom> within a specified timeout interval, it discards the incomplete message and resets its receiver.Asynchronous Message/Command Message CollisionIf the host receives an asynchronous reader transmission at the same time it transmits a command, it ignores the asynchronous message and waits for the Encompass 4H Reader’s response. The Encompass 4H Reader retransmits asynchronous data after it transmits the command message.ECP ReliabilityAn undetected error is defined as a message having incorrect data or status but no par-ity or CRC errors. An error transaction is defined as a message having either a parity or CRC error. Laboratory testing indicates an undetected error rate of less than one undetected error per 1,000,000 error transactions with parity enabled.To ensure this error rate is not exceeded, the host must enable parity and adhere closely to the timing specifications discussed previously in this chapter in the “Timing and Synchronization” section.CRC CalculationThe CRC used by the ECP is based on a 16-bit algorithm. The algorithm, as imple-mented, operates on eight-bit characters, for example, seven-bit ASCII character plus one optional parity bit. The 16-bit result is converted to four ASCII hex characters and is appended to messages transmitted by the Encompass 4H Reader.The Encompass 4H Reader accepts four ASCII < ` > characters (60 hex) as a wild card CRC value in lieu of a valid four-character CRC value to facilitate testing and diag-nostic checkout.The Encompass 4H Reader implements the algorithm with a 512-byte lookup table to reduce the processing overhead requirements. To simplify the implementation of the CRC algorithm by host software developers, several examples of the calculation are provided in C source code on the following pages. The calculation may be performed with or without a lookup table, depending
Communications Protocols6-15on the trade-off between code memory and processing overhead.Example 1 presents an example of a function (CALCCRC) that calculates the CRC value through a call to a separate function (UPDCRC).unsigned short calccrc(char *message){unsigned short crc = 0;for ( ; *message != (char)0;message++) crc = updcrc(*message & 0xff, crc);return (crc)}Example 2 shows an example of UPDCRC that does not require a lookup table.#define BITS_PER_CHAR 8unsigned short updcrc (unsigned short ch, unsigned short crc){register short counter = BITS_PER_CHAR;register short temp = crc;while (--counter >= 0) if (temp & 0x8000) {temp <<= 1;temp += (((ch <<= 1) & 0x0100) != 0);temp ^= 0x1021; } else {temp <<= 1;temp += (((ch <<= 1) & 0x0100) != 0); }return(temp);}Example 3 contains an example of UPDCRC that does require a lookup table. #define updcrc(cp, crc)( crctab[((crc >> 8) & 255)]^ (crc << 8) ^ cpstatic unsigned short crctab [256] = {0x0000, 0x1021, 0x2042, 0x3063, 0x4048, 0x50a5, 0x60c6, 0x70e7,0x8108, 0x9129, 0xa14a, 0xb16b, 0xc18c, 0xd1ad, 0xe1ce, 0xf1ef,0x1231, 0x0210, 0x3273, 0x2252, 0x52b5, 0x4294, 0x72f7, 0x62d6,0x9339, 0x8318, 0xb37b, 0xa35a, 0xd3bd, 0xc39c, 0xf3ff, 0xe3de,
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-16Example 4 shows an example of a function that creates the lookup table.#include <stdio.h>#define MAX_CHAR 256#define BITS_CHAR 8#define SIGN_BIT 0x8000#define POLY 0x1021unsigned short crctab [MAX_CHAR];main ()0x2462, 0x3443, 0x0420, 0x1401, 0x64e6, 0x74c7, 0x44a4, 0x5485,0xa56a, 0xb54b, 0x8528, 0x9509, 0xe5ee, 0xf5cf, 0xc5ac, 0xd58d,0x3653, 0x2672, 0x1611, 0x0630, 0x76d7, 0x66f6, 0x5695, 0x46b4,0xb75b, 0xa77a, 0x9719, 0x8738, 0xf7df, 0xe7fe, 0xd79d, 0xc7bc,0x48c4, 0x58e5, 0x6886, 0x78a7, 0x0840, 0x1861, 0x2802, 0x3823,0xc9cc, 0xd9ed, 0xe98e, 0xf9af, 0x8948, 0x9969, 0xa90a, 0xb92b,0x5af5, 0x4ad4, 0x7ab7, 0x6a96, 0x1a71, 0x0a50, 0x3a33, 0x2a12,0xdbfd, 0xcbdc, 0xfbbf, 0xeb9e, 0x9b79, 0x8b58, 0xbb3b, 0xab1a,0x6ca6, 0x7c87, 0x4ce4, 0x5cc5, 0x2c22, 0x3c03, 0x0c60, 0x1c41,0xedae, 0xfd8f, 0xcdec, 0xddcd, 0xad2a, 0xbd0b, 0x8d68, 0x9d49,0x7e97, 0x6eb6, 0x5ed5, 0x4ef4, 0x3e13, 0x2e32, 0x1e51, 0x0e70,0xff9f, 0xefbe, 0xdfdd, 0xcffc, 0xbf1b, 0xaf3a, 0x9f59, 0x8f78,0x9188, 0x81a9, 0xb1ca, 0xa1eb, 0xd10c, 0xc12d, 0xf14e, 0xe16f,0x1080, 0x00a1, 0x30c2, 0x20e3, 0x5004, 0x4025, 0x7046, 0x6067,0x83b9, 0x9398, 0xa3fb, 0xb3da, 0xc33d, 0xd31c, 0xe37f, 0xf35e,0x02b1, 0x1290, 0x22f3, 0x32d2, 0x4235, 0x5214, 0x6277, 0x7256,0xb5ea, 0xa5cb, 0x95a8, 0x8589, 0xf56e, 0xe54f, 0xd52c, 0xc50d,0x34e2, 0x24c3, 0x14a0, 0x0481, 0x7466, 0x6447, 0x5424, 0x4405,0xa7db, 0xb7fa, 0x8799, 0x97b8, 0xe75f, 0xf77e, 0xc71d, 0xd73c,0x26d3, 0x36f2, 0x0691, 0x16b0, 0x6657, 0x7676, 0x4615, 0x5634,0xd94c, 0xc96d, 0xf90e, 0xe92f, 0x99c8, 0x89e9, 0xb98a, 0xa9ab,0x5844, 0x4865, 0x7806, 0x6827, 0x18c0, 0x08e1, 0x3882, 0x28a3,0xcb7d, 0xdb5c, 0xeb3f, 0xfb1e, 0x8bf9, 0x9bd8, 0xabbb, 0xbb9a,0x4a75, 0x5a54, 0x6a37, 0x7a16, 0x0af1, 0x1ad0, 0x2ab3, 0x3a92,0xfd2e, 0xed0f, 0xdd6c, 0xcd4d, 0xbdaa, 0xad8b, 0x9de8, 0x8dc9,0x7c26, 0x6c07, 0x5c64, 0x4c45, 0x3ca2, 0x2c83, 0x1ce0, 0x0cc1,0xef1f, 0xff3e, 0xcf5d, 0xdf7c, 0xaf9b, 0xbfba, 0x8fd9, 0x9ff8,0x6e17, 0x7e36, 0x4e55, 0x5e74, 0x2e93, 0x3eb2, 0x0ed1, 0x1ef0,};
Communications Protocols6-17{unsigned short ch;unsigned short workval;unsigned short bit;unsigned short carry;for (ch = 0; ch != MAX_CHAR; ch++) {workval = ch << BITS_CHAR;for (bit = BITS_CHAR; bit != 0; bit--) {carry = (workval & SIGN_BIT);workval <<= 1;if (carry)workval ^= POLY;}crctab[ch] = workval;}for (ch = 0; ch != MAX_CHAR; ch++)printf("0x%04x\n", crctab[ch]);}Manually Disabling ECP for MaintenanceUnder certain conditions, communications between the host and Encompass 4H Reader may be lost temporarily and maintenance may be required. The reader or host is sending out a message and waiting for an acknowledgment. When the acknowledg-ment is not received, the message is sent again. Additional messages are also buffered. Often the first indication that the Encompass 4H Reader software is in an ECP “loop” is when the user/technician sees a recurring display of the same message repeated over and over again on the monitor. The procedure described in the following paragraphs enables the maintenance technician to change configuration or test tag reading manu-ally.Assuming that the ECP timeout is at the factory default of 12.7 seconds (or other value that allows enough time for the commands to be manually entered) the following com-mand sequence may be used to break out of an ECP loop. This command sequence uses four ASCII < ` > characters (60 hex) as wild card CRC values.Note: The ASCII <`> character (60 hex) is commonly located on the ~ key.You must acknowledge existing messages by issuing commands with the generic for-mat:#x@‘‘‘‘<eom>where#Start-of-message character
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide6-18xMessage sequence number. This must be the same as the sequence number of the message being acknowledged@ACK (acknowledgment character)<‘‘‘‘> Wild card CRC value for the message<eom> End-of-message characterThe following is a typical sequence after power-on limiting buffered messages.Note: Ensure that no tags are in the field when you are performing this troubleshoot-ing procedure.Reader transmission on power-up:#0 Model …. SN <crc><eom>Manually enter: #0@````<eom>Reader transmission #2 Copyright 2008 TransCore <crc><eom>Manually enter: #2@````<eom>Manually enter: #101‘‘‘‘<eom> this puts reader into command modeReader response: #1Done<crc><eom>Manually enter: #3610‘‘‘‘<eom> this puts reader into basic protocol,disabling ECPreader response: DoneEnter any other desired diagnostic or directive commands in basic protocol. After maintenance is complete enter the command: #00 to return the reader to data modeor#611 to return to error correcting protocol,and then either cycle power or issue#100````<eom> command to returnreader to data mode
7Commands
Commands7-3Chapter 7CommandsThis chapter discusses the host-transmitted commands that are used to control the Encompass® 4H Reader configuration and operation.IntroductionThe Encompass 4H Reader is delivered from the factory with specified default set-tings that determine how the reader operates. Commands transmitted by the host com-puter can change the default settings and control additional features. The commands can be transmitted by manually entering the commands at the host keyboard if the host is in terminal emulation mode. The Encompass 4H Reader can also communicate with ASCII terminals.Note: If you are using Wiegand mode, you must connect the PC or laptop to the Encompass 4H Reader using the RS–232 or RS–422 interface and a terminal emula-tion program to send commands to the reader. You can leave the Wiegand interface connected during this procedure. Operating ModesThe Encompass 4H Reader has three modes of operation: data mode, command mode, and download mode. The software for the Encompass 4H Reader contains two sepa-rate programs — boot and application. The boot program has control of the Encom-pass 4H Reader on startup and when operating in download mode. The application program has control of the Encompass 4H Reader during data mode and command mode operation and holds the application code. Together, they control the Encompass 4H Reader in the three modes of operation.Data ModeThe Encompass 4H Reader is in the data mode upon power-up. While in the data mode, the Encompass 4H Reader sends all communications as data messages, such as tag IDs and reports, to the host computer. Reports provide information on input status changes (input0 and input1), a presence without tag report, and buffer overflow infor-mation. The host computer can send only two commands to the Encompass 4H Reader while in data mode: •Command #01 Switch To Command Mode changes the Encompass 4H Reader from the data mode to the command mode. See “01 Switch to Command Mode” on page 7-5.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-4Note: The Encompass 4H Reader transmits ID codes to the host computer when the Encompass 4H Reader is in data mode. If the Encompass 4H Reader remains in the command mode with tags passing through the read zone, all tag IDs are not reported.Command ModeWhile the Encompass 4H Reader is in the command mode, the host computer sends commands to the Encompass 4H Reader that can be used to control the operation and configuration of the reader. After the Encompass 4H Reader receives a command, it transmits a command response message. Typically, the command message contains Error, Done, or data relating specifically to the command request. These messages may be of variable length since some commands require information as part of the message; for example, Display Wiegand Mode Status. Communications can be lost if the host computer attempts to send certain commands under marginal communications conditions. For example, if the host computer trans-mits the command request to change the baud rate and the Encompass 4H Reader properly receives the request and transmits the Done message, one of the two follow-ing conditions may occur:•If the host computer receives the Done message, then both the host and the Encompass 4H Reader switch to the new baud rate, and communications are maintained. Note: In many applications, the host must be set to the new baud rate as it will not change automatically.Note: The Encompass 4H Reader changes the baud rate immediately after issuing the Done message.•However, if the host does not receive the Done message transmitted by the Encompass 4H Reader, the host assumes that the command was not properly sent and does not switch to the new baud rate, causing a loss of communications. CautionThe host computer should not attempt to change communications parameters or protocols during marginal communications conditions; otherwise, a loss of commu-nications can result.Download ModeIn download mode, the Encompass 4H Reader allows the host to download new soft-ware.While in download mode, the reader communications port parameters are fixed at the following factory-default settings: 38400 baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity, soft-ware flow control (XON/XOFF), basic protocol.
Commands7-5While in download mode, the Encompass 4H Reader turns RF off, does not process tags, and does not echo host commands.Command ListReader commands are divided into groups based on primary function. The following sections provide information about each command in command number order. Refer to Appendix D for listings of commands in numerical and alphabetical order.In the following text, the symbols < and > represent variable message data. These symbols are not part of the message syntax.Hex digits (0–9, A–F) in either uppercase or lowercase characters may be used in data strings and for hex digits A–F.Reader Mode Control — Command Group 0Group 0 commands control reader mode. The mode determines whether the reader is transmitting data to or receiving data from a host computer or terminal.00 Switch to Data Mode (Factory Default)Command #00 switches the reader to data mode, which allows the reader to transmit tag data (ID codes) to the host. In addition to switching the reader to data mode, com-mand #00 automatically saves to non-volatile memory (NVRAM) any user parame-ters that had been changed during the command mode session. The reader enters data mode on power up.CautionTo save user parameter changes to NVRAM, you must send command #00 before powering down the reader.While operating in data mode, the reader accepts the following commands: •Command #01 Switch to Command Mode Reader response:Done01 Switch to Command ModeCommand #01 switches the reader to command mode, which allows the reader to accept commands from a host or terminal. While in command mode, the reader turns RF off and does not acquire tags.Reader response:Done
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-6Communications Port Control — Command Group 1Group 1 commands configure the parameters used by the Encompass 4H Reader to communicate with a host computer or terminal. These commands set baud rate, stop bits, parity, and end-of-line delay.100N Select Baud RateCommand #100N selects the reader baud rate. The factory-default setting is 9600 baud. The N variable specifies the baud rate shown in Table 7-1.Table 7-1 Select Baud Rate Commands Command Baud Rate Selected1002 12001003 24001004 48001005 9600 (factory default)1006 19.2 K1007 38.4 KCautionIf ECP is enabled, ensure that the ECP timeout is sufficient for the new baud rate. See “Timing and Synchronization” on page 6-11.Reader response:Done 101N Select Stop BitsCommand #101N selects the number of stop bits for reader character transmission. The factory default setting is 1 stop bit. The N variable specifies the number of stop bits as indicated in Table 7-2.Table 7-2 Select Stop Bits CommandsCommand Stop Bits Selected1010 1 (factory default)1011 2
Commands7-7Reader response:Done102N Select ParityCommand #102N selects the reader parity setting. The factory-default setting is par-ity disabled. The N variable specifies parity as shown in Table 7-3.Table 7-3 Select Parity CommandsCommand Data Bits Parity Selected1020 8Disable parity (factory default)1021 7Select even parity1022 7Select odd parityReader response:DoneCommand Group 2Group 2 commands control the real-time clock which maintains the Encompass 4H internal time and date. This time and date can be appended to IDs, error messages, and sensor input reports. An internal battery supports the clock, so time and date are preserved if main power is lost.20 Set TimeCommand #20 sets the time. Enter the time in the proper format: two-digit decimal entries with no spaces between characters and using colons asdelimiters. The entry format is as follows:20HH:MM:SS or 20HH:MM:SS:hhwhereHH represents hours (00 to 23).MM represents minutes (00 to 59).SS represents seconds (00 to 59).hh represents hundredths of a second (00 to 99).:is the time delimiter.If hundredths of a second is not specified, the reader sets the hundredths register to 00.Reader response:Done
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-821 Set DateCommand #21 sets the date. Enter the date in the proper format: two-digit decimal entries with no spaces between characters and using forward slashes “/” as delimiters. The entry format is as follows:21MM/DD/YYwhereMM represents the month (01 to 12).DD represents the day (01 to 31).YY represents the last two digits of the year (00 to 99)./is the date delimiter.Reader response:Done22 Display Time and DateCommand #22 displays the reader’s current time and date. One space separates the time and the date output.Reader message:HH:MM:SS.hh MM/DD/YYwhereHH represents hours.MM represents minutes.SS represents seconds.hh represents hundredths of seconds.:is the time delimiter.MM represents the month.DD represents the day.YY represents the last two digits of the year./is the date delimiter.Append Information — Command Group 3Group 3 commands append useful information to reader transmissions, such as IDs, error messages, and sensor input reports. Auxiliary information such as reader num-ber, antenna number (or manual entry code), number of times the previous tag was read, and sensor input status can be appended to the ID using the Group 3 commands.30N Append Time and Date Selection
Commands7-9Command #30N selects the option of appending the time and date to transmitted IDs, error messages, presence without tag reports, and input status change reports. The factory default setting is time and date appended (command #302).The reader returns an Error message if its tag buffer contains data. The reset reader command #63 may be transmitted to clear the buffer; however, tag ID data will not be reported. If this is unacceptable, allow the buffer to empty before re-issuing append time and date command #30N. Append Time and Date commands are shown in Table 7-4 Table 7-4 Append Time and Date CommandsCommand Append Option300 No time and date appended302 Time and date appended (factory default)The reader transmits messages with time and date appended as follows. One space separates the time from the date.<string>&<HH:MM:SS.hh MM/DD/YY>wherestring is a tag ID, error message, or report.& separates <string> from the time and date.HH:MM:SS is the time delimiter.MM/DD/YY is the date delimiter.Reader response:Done31N Append Auxiliary Information SelectionCommand #31N selects the option of appending auxiliary information to transmitted IDs, presence-without-tag reports, and input status change reports. Auxiliary informa-tion is not appended to error messages. The factory-default setting is no auxiliary information appended. The N variable specifies whether or not auxiliary information is to be appended. Append Auxiliary Information commands are shown in Table 7-5.Table 7-5 Append Auxiliary Information CommandsCommand Append Option310 No auxiliary information appended (factory default)311 Auxiliary information appended
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-10The reader transmits messages with auxiliary information appended as:<message data>%<xx-y-zz-q>where%separates the auxiliary information and signals the hostcomputer that auxiliary information is appended.xx reader ID. Value can be set with command #60NN.-auxiliary information delimiteryantenna number. Value fixed at 0.zz number of reads (00 to FF hexadecimal) of the previous tagqcurrent status of input0 and input1 (0 to 3). Refer to“526 Display I/O Status” on page 7-21. These values are inverted if input inversion is enabled with command 6941.Reader response:Done #320 Disable EAC Page Append (Factory Default)Command #320 is a factory-set default that disables the EAC (embedded application code) page append.Reader response:Done#321 Enable EAC Page AppendNote: Note: This functionality was added to the Encompass® 2 Reader to handle a special unique customer requirement, and is retained in the Encompass 4H Reader for full backward compatibility.Command #321 selects the option to append an additional predefined 8 bytes of data to be read from an eGo® or eGo Plus tag when the reader is in ID only mode (i.e., not eATA) and multitag sort is enabled. The additional bytes that are read from the tag are in locations 10 through 17.The reader transmits the message with EAC page append as follows. The EAC append data occurs before time and date append data and AUX append data if they are enabled.<tag ID>&<EAC page data> Reader response:Done
Commands7-11ID Filtering — Command Group 4Group 4 commands set criteria for filtering (buffering or discarding) ID codes. These commands are useful for eliminating duplicate ID codes and selecting the type of tags read by the Encompass 4H Reader. 40 Transmit All ID CodesCommand #40 instructs the reader to transmit all IDs without regard for uniqueness. This command can be useful when tuning the lane and mapping the footprint or per-forming diagnostics.After diagnostics are complete, you may want to reinstate the uniqueness check using command #410N Select Unique ID Code Criteria.Reader response:Done410N Select Unique ID Code Criteria (Anti-passback Feature)Command #410N instructs the reader to buffer and transmit ID codes according to the following test: an ID is read if previously decoded IDs have changed value at least N+1 times since the new ID was last received. IDs that do not pass the test are not read. The factory-default setting is command #4100, which selects a separation of one ID. Variable N specifies ID separation as shown in Table 7-6.Table 7-6 Unique ID Code Criteria Command Uniqueness Criteria4100 Separation of 1 ID (factory default)4101 Separation of 2 IDs4102 Separation of 3 IDs4103 Separation of 4 IDsEach time the reader receives a tag ID, it compares the ID with the contents of a com-parison register. This register contains the following two items:Item 1 Most recently acquired IDItem 2 Second-most recently acquired IDItem 3 Third-most recently acquired IDItem 4 Fourth-most recently acquired IDWhen the uniqueness filter is set to separation of one ID, the newly acquired ID is transmitted only if it is different from the first item. Separation of two IDs allows transmission if the new ID is different from Items 1 and 2 in the comparison register.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-12Separation of three and four IDs transmit the new ID only if it is different from the first three and the first four items, respectively.Note: A new ID can fail the filter test and not be transmitted; however, it remains stored in the comparison register.The uniqueness test’s time limit is set by Command #441. If an ID is buffered, it will not be accepted again unless it arrives at the reader more than the programmed time interval from the previous arrival or until the receipt of one or more other IDs reset the uniqueness. Reader response:Done420N Select Valid ID Code CriteriaCommand #420N directs the reader to validate an ID received only after it has been obtained a specified number of times in sequence. Values for N are 0 through 3 (Table 7-7). The factory setting is one acquisition (N = 0).Table 7-7 Select Valid Code Commands and FramesCommand Valid Code Frames4200 1 (factory default)4201 24202 34203 4The validation procedure is executed before the unique ID test (Select Unique ID Code Criteria [#410N] commands). IDs that do not pass the validation test are not reported.For example, command #4203 specifies that the same ID must be obtained from the RF module 4 times in succession before it is considered for the uniqueness test. This feature is useful in installations where RF reflections may cause a single tag to be read multiple times or where an occasional ID might be read from fringe areas440 Reset UniquenessCommand 440 causes the ID filtering process set by Select Unique ID Code Criteria (#410N) to restart. It is used in conjunction with the Variable Timeout #44N) com-mands. This command provides a method to end all uniqueness timers.44N Set Uniqueness TimeoutPlaces a time limit on the uniqueness criterion set by Select Unique ID Code Criteria (#410N). The parameter N sets the number of minutes on the timeout clock. The fac-tory setting is two minutes (N = 1).
Commands7-13Command Timeout Clock#441 2 minutes (factory setting)#442 15 seconds#443 30 secondsEntering these commands effectively expires the timeout clock, which erases all cur-rent IDs in the comparison register. In effect, the first ID that is acquired after the clock expires always appears to be new and is stored. Newly acquired IDs are only tested against IDs that are registered after the clock resets.The timeout clock is continually reset (does not expire) as long as the reader receives the same tag ID. For example, assume that the timeout clock is set for 2 minutes and there is a railcar parked on a siding in front of the reader. Without this continual reset feature, the railcar’s ID would be reported every 2 minutes (each time the timeout clock expired).450 Disable Wiegand Mode (Factory Default)Command #450 is a default set in the factory to disable Wiegand mode. Reader response:Done451 Enable Wiegand ModeCommand #451 enables Wiegand mode, which allows the reader to transmit data in a format that emulates the output of a magnetic card reader.In Wiegand mode, the reader transmits Wiegand-formatted tag data through the Wie-gand interface and ASCII data (the reader accepts reader commands and responds) through the serial port interface. The reader outputs data from Wiegand-programmed tags via the Wiegand interface (the red/blue pair for data1/data0; yellow/black pair for logic ground). Tags that are not Wiegand-formatted are not transmitted through the Wiegand interface or the serial port when in Wiegand mode, although the tag lock relay is activated on any tag acquired.Reader response:Done 452 Disable Tag Translation Mode (Factory Default)Command #452 disables tag translation mode. Incoming full-frame tags will be directly converted to ASCII. They will not be translated from Association of American Railroads (AAR) and American Trucking Associations (ATA) format to ASCII.Reader message:Done
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-14453 Enable Tag Translation ModeCommand #453 enables the translation of tags in AAR and ATA formats. Specific data fields, such as owner ID and car number, will be extracted from these tags, translated according to AAR or ATA standards, and converted to ASCII. Tags that are not programmed in AAR or ATA format will be directly converted to ASCII. The reader will not attempt to translate data from half-frame or dual-frame tags. Reader message:Done454 Disable Multi-tag Sort (Factory Default)Command #454 is a default set in the factory to disable the multi-tag sort function. Reader response:Done455 Enable Multi-tag SortCommand #455 enables the multi-tag sort function that allows the reader to identify unique tags within a group of Intellitag-based tags. Multi-tag sort allows full operation of the tags and reader to be carried out with a limited number of tags in the presence of the reader.Reader response:Done Note: Enabling the multi-tag sort function adversely affects the vehicle speed at which tags may be read. If there is only one Intellitag-based tag in the vehicles of the target population, multi-tag sort should be disabled.456 Enable eGo Plus Tag Initialization During Multi-tag Sort (Factory Default)Command #456 enables the reader to send the eGo Plus Tag initialize command as part of the multi-tag sort function. When the reader sends the eGo Plus Tag initialize command, all tags in the RF field reenter the sort process.Reader response:Done 457 Disable eGo Plus Tag Initialization During Multi-tag SortCommand #457 disables the reader from sending the eGo Plus Tag initialize com-mand as part of the multi-tag sort function. Any eGo Plus Tags already identified by the reader during the sort process will not be re-identified as long as they remain pow-ered in the RF field. The reader will only identify new tags that come into the RF field or tags that do not remain powered in the RF field.Reader response:Done
Commands7-15458 Disable Second Alternate Group Select (Factory Default)Command #458 is a default set in the factory to disable the second alternate group select function.Reader response:Done459 Enable Second Alternate Group SelectCommand #459 enables the second alternate group select function that allows the reader to distinguish tags meeting specific criteria pre-programmed into the tags. CautionWhen second alternate group select is enabled, tags not programmed to meet the specified criteria will not be read.Reader response:Done 46NN Set Wiegand Retransmit IntervalCommand #46NN sets the time delay to control the reader retransmission of Wiegand data of a tag remaining in the read zone where NN is a hexadecimal code from 01 to FF.Note: The actual value of the Wiegand retransmit interval may vary depending on the operative tag read mode and the type of tag in the read field.For example, 10 = 16 seconds and FF = 255 seconds. The factory default is 4601 (1 second).Uppercase or lowercase characters are allowed for NN; for example, hex digits A through F or a through f. Reader response:Done 480 Disable ATACommand #480 disables the reader from reading ATA protocol tags.481 Enable ATACommand #481 enables the reader to read ATA protocol data from tags if the reader is programmed to read this tag protocol.482 Disable eGoCommand #482 disables the reader from reading protocol eGo data from tags.483 Enable eGoCommand #483 enables the reader to read factory-programmed eGo data from tags if the reader is programmed to read this tag protocol.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-16484 Disable SeGoCommand #484 disables the reader from reading SeGo protocol data from tags.485 Enable SeGoCommand #485 enables the reader to read SeGo protocol data from tags if the reader is programmed to read this tag protocol.486 Disable IAGCommand #486 disables the reader from reading IAG protocol data from tags.487 Enable IAGCommand #487 enables the reader to read IAG protocol data from tags if the reader is programmed to read this tag protocol.488 Disable eATACommand #488 disables the reader from reading factory-programmed eATA data from tags.489 Enable eATACommand #489 enables the reader to read factory-programmed eATA data from eGo Plus or eGo tags. This option must be enabled to obtain Wiegand data from eGo Plus or eGo tags.490 Disable Third Alternate Group Select (Factory Default)Command #490 is a default set in the factory to disable the third alternate group select function.Reader response:Done491 Enable Third Alternate Group SelectCommand #491 enables the third alternate group select function that allows the reader to distinguish tags meeting specific criteria pre-programmed into the tags. CautionWhen third alternate group select is enabled, tags not programmed to meet the spec-ified criteria will not be read.Reader response:Done 492 Disable Fourth Alternate Group Select (Factory Default)Command #492 is a default set in the factory to disable the fourth alternate group select function.
Commands7-17Reader response:Done493 Enable Fourth Alternate Group SelectCommand #493 enables the fourth alternate group select function that allows the reader to distinguish tags meeting specific criteria pre-programmed into the tags. CautionWhen fourth alternate group select is enabled, tags not programmed to meet the specified criteria will not be read.Reader response:Done 494 Disable Fifth Alternate Group Select (Factory Default)Command #494 is a default set in the factory to disable the fifth alternate group select function. Reader response:Done495 Enable Fifth Alternate Group SelectCommand #495 enables the fifth alternate group select function that allows the reader to distinguish tags meeting specific criteria pre-programmed into the tags. CautionWhen fifth alternate group select is enabled, tags not programmed to meet the spec-ified criteria will not be read.Reader response:Done 496 Disable Alternate Group Select (Factory Default)Command #496 disables the alternate group select function that allows the reader to distinguish tags meeting specific criteria pre-programmed into the tags.Reader response:Done497 Enable Alternate Group SelectCommand #497 enables the alternate group select function that allows the reader to distinguish tags meeting specific criteria pre-programmed into the tags.Reader response:Done
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-18Reader Status — Command Group 5Group 5 commands provide status reports on the parameters and operation of the reader.505 Display Software VersionCommand #505 displays the reader model number, software version information, and assigned serial number. Reader message:Model E4 Series Ver X.XX SNSSSSSSwhereX.XX Version numberSSSSSS Serial number of the unit, skipping the fourth character printed on the reader product label506 Display Hardware Configuration InformationCommand #506 displays hardware configuration information stored in the reader memory by the user. Hardware configuration information is empty by default until you set the information to any 20 character ASCII string desired using command #696S...S.Reader response: An ASCII string from 1 to 20 characters in length510 Display RF Transceiver FPGA VersionCommand #510 displays RF FPGA VER = XX.XX511 Display RF Transceiver I Filter Chip VersionCommand #511 displays FIL IC I VER = XX.XX512 Display RF Transceiver Q Filter Chip VersionCommand #512 displays FIL IC Q VER = XX.XX513 Display DSP Board Actel VersionCommand #513 displays DSP FPGA VER = XX.XX520 Display Power Fail BitCommand #520 displays the value of the reader power fail bit. The power fail bit changes from 0 to 1 when power to the reader is interrupted. To reset the bit, use com-mand #63 Reset Reader or command #65 Reset Power Fail Bit. On initial power-up, the host should transmit one of these two commands to clear the power fail bit.
Commands7-19Reader message:PWRB P<0 to 1>R0whereP0 No power failure detectedP1 Power failure detectedR0 Not applicable to Encompass 4H Reader 521 Display Reader ID NumberCommand #521 displays the reader ID that is sent in the auxiliary data field. Reader message:RDID xx where xx = 01 to FF (hexadecimal)522 Display Communications Port ParametersCommand #522 displays the selected communications port parameters, including the baud rate (#100N), the number of stop bits (#101N), the parity scheme (#102N), and the end-of-line delay.Reader message:MAIN B<2 to 7> S<0 to 1> P<0 to 2> D0whereB2 1200 baudB3 2400 baudB4 4800 baudB5 9600 baud (factory default)B6 19.2 kbpsB7 38.4 kbpsS0 one stop bit (factory default)S1 two stop bitsP0 no parity (factory default)P1 even parityP2 odd parityD0 00 ms end-of-line delay (fixed)
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-20One space is required between each value. For example, if factory default settings are assigned, the reader message isMAIN B5 S0 P0 D0indicating 9600 baud, one stop bit, no parity, and 0 ms end-of-line delay.Note: The information transmitted in response to command #522 applies to data and command mode operation only. While operating in download mode, default communi-cations parameters are always used.524 Display Appended Information StatusCommand #524 displays the information being appended to the reader transmissions. Command #31N appends information. Append time and date are not available to the Encompass 4H Reader. Reader message:IDAP T<0> D<0> X<0 to 1>whereT0 Time not appendedT1 Time appended (not valid for the Encompass 4H Reader)D0 Date not appendedD1 Date appended (not valid for the Encompass 4H Reader)X0 Auxiliary information not appended (factory default)X1 Auxiliary information appendedOne space is required between each value. For example, if factory-default settings are assigned, the reader response isIDAP T0 D0 X0indicating time, date, and auxiliary information not appended.525 Display Communications Protocol StatusCommand #525 displays the status of command #61N Selected Communications Protocol, command #614N Selected Mode of Flow Control, and command #612NN ECP Timeout.Reader response:ECPS P<0 to 2> T<01 to FF> X<0 to 2> S0whereP0 Basic protocol enabled (factory default)
Commands7-21P1 ECP enabledP2 data inquiry protocol enabledTxx ECP timeout where xx = 01 to FE (hexadecimal)Timeout (ms) = 50 * xxIf xx = FF timeout disabledX0 Flow control disabledX1 Software flow control enabled (factory default)X2 Hardware flow control enabledS0 start of message character is #For example, if factory default settings are assigned, the reader message is:ECPS P0 TFE X1 S0which means basic protocol enabled, an ECP timeout of 254 (12,700 ms, 12.7 sec), software flow control enabled, and start of message character is #.526 Display I/O StatusCommand #526 displays the current input/output (I/O) status. The reader message indicates whether outputs are being controlled externally by the host through com-mand #620N Output Control or internally through command #621 Predefined Output Mode. It also displays the current status of two outputs, two inputs, and the selected output pulse duration that is set by command #67N. Reader response:IOST C<0 to 1> O<0 to 3> I<0 to 3> D<0 to F>whereC0 Host controls outputsC1 Predefined output modeO0 Both outputs offO1 Output0 onO2 Output1 onO3 Both outputs onI0 Both inputs falseI1 Input0 true
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-22I2 Input1 trueI3 Both inputs trueD0 4 ms output pulse duration D1 8 ms output pulse durationD2 12 ms output pulse durationD3 16 ms output pulse durationD4 20 ms output pulse durationD5 24 ms output pulse durationD6 32 ms output pulse durationD7 40 ms output pulse durationD8 48 ms output pulse durationD9 60 ms output pulse durationDA 76 ms output pulse durationDB 152 ms output pulse durationDC 228 ms output pulse duration (factory default)DD 300 ms output pulse durationDE 376 ms output pulse durationDF 752 ms output pulse durationNote: The first character of the output pulse duration value is alpha; the second char-acter is numeric.Table 7-8 shows the output0 and output1 open/closed conditions for the output status displays. Table 7-8 Open/Closed Conditions for Output StatusOutput Status Output0 Wire Pair Output1 Wire PairOrange/Black Brown/Black White/Black Green/BlackO0 Closed Open Closed OpenO1 Open Closed Closed Open
Commands7-23Table 7-9 shows the output0 and output1 open/closed conditions for the output status displays for readers in IAG applications.Table 7-9 Open/Closed Conditions for Output Status (IAG Applications)Output Status Output0 Wire Pair Output1 Wire PairOrange Jumper to Black of Brown/BlackBrown/BlackWhite Jumper to Black of Green/BlackGreen/BlackO0 Closed Open Closed OpenO1 Open Closed Closed OpenO2 Closed Open Open ClosedO3 Open Closed Open Closed Table 7-10 shows the input0 and input1 open/closed conditions for the input status displays.Table 7-10 Open/Closed Conditions for Input Status Input StatusInput0 Wire Pair Input1 Wire PairGreen/Red Blue/BlackI0 Open OpenI1 Closed OpenI2 Open ClosedI3 Closed Closed527 Display RF StatusCommand #527 displays the current status of the RF module. The reader response indicates whether RF is controlled externally by the host, set by command #640N RF Control, or internally by input set by command #641. Command #527 also displays the current RF status and the uniqueness timeout.O2 Closed Open Open ClosedO3 Open Closed Open ClosedTable 7-8 Open/Closed Conditions for Output Status
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-24Reader message:RFST C<0 to 1> O<0 to 1> T<1 to 3> Fxxx Rxx Gxx Axx IxxwhereC0 RF controlled by hostC1 RF controlled by presence sensor on input0, the red/green pair (factory default)O0 RF off O1 RF onT1 Uniqueness timeout of two minutesT2 Uniqueness timeout of 15 secondsT3 Uniqueness timeout of 30 secondsFxxx FixedRxx Tag decoder range (distance) for ATA tags, xx = 00 to 1F hexadecimal range value Gxx Tag decoder range (distance) for eGo and eGo Plus tags, xx = 00 to 1F hexadecimal range valueAxx RF power attenuation, where 09 is maximum output power and 0F is minimum output power (6 dB less than maximum power).Ixx IAG RF power attenuation, where 09 is maximum output power and 0F is minimum output power (6 dB less than maximum power)For example, if factory default settings are assigned, the reader message isRFST C1 O0 T1 Fxx R1F G1F A09 I09which means that RF is enabled by presence sensor on input0, RF signal off, unique-ness timeout of two minutes, maximum range for ATA tags, maximum range for eGo and eGo Plus tags, full RF power, and IAG power set at 4 dB attenuation.529 Display Presence Input StatusCommand #529 displays the parameters associated with presence detection and RF control. The reader’s message indicates if presence without tag reports are enabled/disabled (#690N Select Presence without Tag Report Option), if input inversion is enabled/disabled (#694N Select Input Inversion Option), and the minimum presence true period (always true). The reader’s message also reports the selected RF timeout (#693N Select RF Timeout Period) and the selected means of RF-off control (#692N
Commands7-25Select RF Control Algorithm). If presence without tag reports is enabled (#6901 Enable Presence without Tag Reports), the reader transmits a report if a presence is detected without the subsequent acquisition of a valid tag.Note: RF timeout values vary depending on the operative tag read mode and the type of tag in the read field. All times are approximate.Reader message:PRST P<0 to 1> D0 A<0 to 2> T<0 to F> I<0 to 1>whereP0 Presence without tag reports disabled (factory default)P1 Presence without tag reports enabledD0 Minimum presence true period of 0 ms (fixed)A0 RF off on timeout onlyA1 RF off on timeout or tag A2 RF off on timeout or presence condition false (factory default)T0 RF timeout of 0 ms (always expired)T1 4 msT2 8 msT3 12 msT4 20 msT5 24 msT6 32 msT7 48 msT8 60 msT9 92 msTA 152 msTB 300 msTC 452 msTD 600 ms
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-26TE 752 msTF RF timeout infinite, never expires (factory default)I0 input inversion disabled (factory default)I1 input inversion enabledFor example, if factory default settings are assigned, the reader message isPRST P0 D0 A2 TF I0which means that presence without tag reports is disabled, minimum presence true period is 0, RF off control on timeout or presence false, infinite RF timeout, and input inversion disabled.530 Display RF0 Filter StatusCommand #530 displays the parameter set for the RF input, including the selected unique ID code criteria (#410N Select Unique ID Code Criteria) and the valid ID code criteria (see #420N Select Valid ID Code Criteria).Reader message:RF0S U<0 to 4> V<0 to 3>whereU0 One ID separation (factory default)U1 Two ID separationsU2 Three ID separationsU3 Four ID separationsU4 Transmit all IDsV0 Valid ID code criteria of one acquisitionV1 Valid ID code criteria of two acquisitionsV2 Valid ID code criteria of three acquisitionsV3 Valid ID code criteria of four acquisitionsFor example, if factory default settings are assigned, the reader message isRF0S U0 V0which means separation of one ID for uniqueness filtering and a valid ID code criteria of one acquisition.
Commands7-27532 Display Wiegand Mode StatusCommand #532 displays the Wiegand mode status as either enabled or disabled.Reader message:TOF <0 to 1>where0Wiegand mode disabled1Wiegand mode enabled533 Display Wiegand Retransmit IntervalCommand #533 displays the Wiegand retransmit interval. This interval specifies the delay in seconds before the reader retransmits Wiegand data for a tag still in the read zone. The factory default is 1 second.Reader message:WTI <01 to FF>where 01 to FF = seconds (1–255) in hexadecimal.Note: The actual value of the Wiegand retransmit interval may vary depending on the operative tag read mode and the type of tag in the read field.For example, 10 = 16 seconds and FF = 255 seconds. The retransmit interval in ATA tag read mode is about twice these values.534 Display Tag Translation Mode StatusCommand #534 displays tag translation mode status, enabled or disabled. If tag translation mode is enabled, incoming full-frame tags in AAR or ATA format are translated according to ISO standards. Refer to “452 Disable Tag Translation Mode (Factory Default)” on page 7-13 and “453 Enable Tag Translation Mode” on page 7-14 for more information.Reader message:TT <0 to 1>where0tag translation mode disabled1tag translation mode enabled537 Display Echo StatusCommand #537 displays echo mode status. In basic protocol (#610 Select Basic Protocol), the reader may be configured to enable (#6171 Enable Echo Mode) or dis-able (#6170 Disable Echo Mode) the echo of received commands. Refer to sections 6170 Disable Echo Mode and “6171 Enable Echo Mode (Factory Default)” on page 7-32 for more information.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-28Reader message:ECHO <0 to 1>where0Echo status disabled1Echo status enabled (factory default)540 Display Flash ChecksumCommand #540 displays the flash memory checksum.Reader message:PCKS I0000 Exxxxwhere0000 Not applicable to the Encompass 4H Reader xxxx Represents the four-byte ASCII representation of the flash memory checksum543 Display Boot Checksum Command #543 displays the boot ROM checksum.Reader message:BCKS xxxxwhere xxxx represents the four-byte ASCII representation of the boot ROM check-sum.549 Display User-Programmable Group Select Equals (GSE) Filter DataCommand #549 queries the reader for the user-programmable GSE filter data pro-grammed in the reader using command #697. The response data is formatted similar to the data in the configuration command.For example, if the command string shown in command #697 (see “697 Set User-Pro-grammable Group Select Equals (GSE) Filter” on page 7-42) was sent to a given reader, the response to the #549 query command would be:#A4 0A 0005014202024133The reader response contains all the data fields repeated in the same sequence as dis-played in the User-Programmable GSE configuration command.560 Request Sensor Status ChangeCommand #560 displays the sensor status change reporting. Status change reporting may be disabled by command #82N Select Input Status Change Report Option.Reader message:
Commands7-29SSTC E<0 to 1>M<0 to 3>whereE0 Input status change reports disabled (factory default)E1 Input status change reports enabledM0 Reporting disabled (factory default)M1 Changes on input0 reportedM2 Changes on input1 reportedM3 Changes on either input reportedFor example, if factory default settings are assigned, the reader message isSSTC E0 M0which means that input status change reports are disabled on both input0 and input1.570 Display Tag ProtocolsCommand #570 displays the currently selected tag protocol.Reader response:ATA:<E, D> eGo:<I, F, D> SeGo:<I, F, D> IAG:<E, D> Sort:<E, D> TMM0whereI ID (64 bits)E EnabledF Full transaction (eATA)D DisabledTMM0 Fixed577 Report Buffered HandshakesCommand #577 reports the buffered handshakes.Reader message:XXwhereXX is number of handshakes#582 Display Synchronization Values
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-30Command #582 displays the synchronization values, which are typically used to alle-viate interference issues in dense populations of Interagency Group (IAG) readers. The values are set with commands #648NN and #649NN.Reader Response:SYNC T<00 to FF> H<00 to 0A>Where T is the number of milliseconds (ms) before the reader sends a synchronization pulse to all other readers on the RS–485 bus and H is the number of milliseconds that the reader holds off starting IAG tag protocol once it receives the synchronization pulse.Reader Control Functions — Command Group 6Group 6 commands set reader control functions such as reader ID, communication protocol, output pulse, and RF control.60NN Set Reader ID NumberCommand #60NN sets the reader ID that will be sent in the auxiliary data field (com-mand #311). Uppercase or lowercase characters are allowed for NN; for example, hex digits A though F or a through fwhere NN = 00 to FF (hex for 0 to 255, factory default = 00).Reader response:Done610 Select Basic Communication Protocol (Factory Default)Command #610 enables the basic communications protocol. Refer to “Basic Proto-col” on page 6-4 for more information.Reader response:Done 611 Select Error Correcting ProtocolCommand #611 enables the error correcting protocol. Refer to “Error Correcting Pro-tocol” on page 6-4 for more information.Reader response:DoneCautionDo not switch to ECP (command #611 Select Error Correcting Protocol) unless the host is prepared to acknowledge each reader transmission.612NN Select Error Correcting Protocol TimeoutCommand #612NN selects the timeout interval for ECP. This timeout applies to the transmission of tag, report, and error messages and to the receipt of host commands.
Commands7-31The transmit timeout is initiated immediately after the end-of-message sequence CR/LF is transmitted. If the host does not acknowledge the message within the specified interval, the reader times out and retransmits the message.The receive timeout is initiated upon receipt of the start-of-message character (#). If the end-of-message character (CR) is not received within the specified interval, the reader discards the partially received message and resets its receiver.Uppercase or lowercase characters are allowed for NN; for example, hex digits A through F or a through f.The value for NN specifies the timeout interval as follows:ms 50 * NN for NN = 01 to FE (1–254)FE Factory default (12,700 ms, 12.7 seconds)FF Disables the ECP timeoutReader response:DoneCautionEnsure that the ECP timeout is sufficient for a given baud rate. See “Timing and Synchronization” on page 6-11.613 Enable Data Inquiry ProtocolCommand #613 enable the data inquiry protocol. Refer to “Data Inquiry Protocol” on page 6-5 for more information.Reader response:Done 614N Select Flow Control OptionCommand #614N selects the flow control option for reader-to-host communications. The factory default setting is software flow control (XON/XOFF) enabled. In down-load mode, flow control is not host-selectable; it is fixed at the default setting. How-ever, during data mode and command mode operation, the following flow control options are available. The N variable specifies flow control as shown in Table 7-11. Table 7-11 Flow Control CommandsCommand Flow Control Option6140 Disable flow control6141 Enable software flow control (factory default)6142 Enable hardware flow control
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-32Reader response:DoneIf the reader is configured for software flow control (XON/XOFF), it stops transmit-ting if it receives an XOFF character (host software command 13H). It does not resume transmitting until it receives an XON character (host software command 11H). If the reader is configured for hardware flow control (RTS/CTS, request to send/clear to send), it stops transmission if it detects that the CTS line is no longer asserted. It resumes transmission when this line is asserted again.Note: TransCore recommends that XON/XOFF flow control be disabled while using the ECP.6170 Disable Echo ModeCommand #6170 disables the reader’s echo of received host commands. If operating in basic protocol or data inquiry protocol, the reader echoes by default. As the reader receives a host command, it echoes each character of the command. Once the entire command has been received and processed, the reader transmits its response. If echo-ing is disabled with command #6170, the reader does not echo the command, but only transmits its response. The reader never echoes while in ECP or download mode operation.Reader response:Done6171 Enable Echo Mode (Factory Default)Command #6171 enables the reader to echo received host commands. Command #6170 disables echo mode.Reader response:Done620N Set Output ControlCommand #620N provides direct control of two output lines that may be used to operate external hardware, such as gates or traffic lights. The value for N specifies the output status requested as shown in Table 7-12. Receipt of any #620N command automatically disables command #621 Predefined Output Control. Table 7-12 Output Control Commands Command Output Control Option6200 Turn off both output ports (factory default)6201 Turn off output1, Turn on output0 6202 Turn off output0, Turn on output1
Commands7-33Reader response:Done621 Select Predefined Output Control (Factory Default)Command #621 configures the reader for predefined output mode. In this mode, both output lines – output0 and output1 – are automatically asserted upon receipt of a valid unique tag ID. The output line remains asserted for the time specified by output pulse duration (#67N Set Output Pulse Duration). Any direct control command (#620N Output Control) automatically disables the predefined output mode.Note: In Wiegand mode operation, the sense outputs are not controlled by a pre-defined output mode.Reader response:Done63 Reset ReaderCommand #63 resets the power fail bit, clears all buffers, resets tag uniqueness, turns off both output lines, transmits the sign-on message, and returns to the data mode.Note: This command does not reset any other configuration parameters. Reader response:Model E4 Series Ver X.XX SNSSSSSSCopyright 2008 TransCorewhereX.XXD Version numberSSSSSS Serial number of the unit, skipping the fourth character printed on the reader product label.640N RF ControlCommand #640N directly controls the RF module. The N value controls the RF power as shown in Table 7-13.Table 7-13 RF Control CommandsCommand RF Power6400 Turns off RF6401 Turns on RF6203Turn on both output portsTable 7-12 Output Control Commands (continued)Command Output Control Option
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-34Command #6400 disables RF-by-input control command #641 Select RF-by-Input Control.Reader response:Done641 Select RF-by-Input Control (Factory Default)Command #641 configures the reader for RF-by-input control. The reader automati-cally turns on RF when it detects a presence through sense0. The reader turns off RF according to the selected RF control algorithm (#692N Select RF Control Algorithm).Reader response:Done643NN Select ATA Operating Range (Distance)Command #643NN selects the read range for ATA tags where NN is a hexadecimal value from 00 to 1F; the range increases with increasing NN value. The range can be adjusted for 32 discrete values where 00 is the shortest range and 1F is the longest range. The default range value is 1F.Reader response:Done644NN Set RF Attenuation Command #644NN sets the attenuation control for the output RF power where NN is a hexidecimal value from 09 to 0F. Settings for attenuation are 1.0 dB increments over a range of 6 dB of attenuation from the maximum power setting of 24 dBm at 0-dB attenuation to a minimum power level of 18 dBm.The Set RF Attenuation command NN variables and corresponding attenuation set-tings are shown in Table 7-14. Table 7-14 RF Attenuation Command Variables Variable (NN) Attenuation Setting (dB)09 001 102 203 304 405 50F 6
Commands7-35Reader response:Done645NN Set eGo and eGo Plus Operating Range (Distance)Command #645NN sets the read range for eGo and eGo Plus Tags where NN is a hexadecimal value from 00 to 1F; the range increases with increasing NN value. The range can be adjusted for 32 discrete values where 00 is the shortest range and 1F is the longest range. The default range value is 1F.Reader response:Done646XX Set IAG RF AttenuationCommand #646XX sets the IAG attenuation control for the output RF power where XX is a hexidecimal value from 09 to 0F. Setting 09 (0 dB) is the maximum power setting and 0F (6 dB) is the minimum power setting. The default attenuation value is 09.#648NN Set Synchronization Output Delay TimeCommand #648NN sets the time in milliseconds by which the reader is delayed before sending a synchronization pulse on the RS–485 synchronization bus to all other read-ers connected on the bus. Entering a value of #64800 (factory default) disables this feature. Entering #64801 through #648FF sets the reader countdown time from 1 and 255 milliseconds. If the reader gets a pulse from another reader before its own time period expires, it first executes all of the enabled tag protocols, then restarts its count-down timer. The reader on the bus with the smallest entered value becomes the master and all readers with a larger entered number become slaves. Any reader on the bus can become the master. The master does not necessarily have to be on one of the ends of the synchronization bus, but the installer must exercise caution to ensure that every reader on the bus has a different value.When the master sends out the synchronization pulse all of the connected readers begin the RF tag protocol transactions that have been enabled. This synchronization feature primarily is designed to overcome some of the system-design RF interference issues in reading IAG tags at locations having a dense population of readers and tags. All readers on the bus require the same enabled tag protocols for synchronization to work. Entering increasing values to all readers on the bus is required so that should a break occur in the bus that is connecting all the readers, the next reader will take over as master for the rest of the readers that are connected, and the system may work rea-sonably well until the cabling is fixed. Do not set the synchronization times too short, as IAG tags are battery powered and their useful life can be diminished if the typical traffic flow is slow moving, and the tag is activated continuously in the reader pattern. Command #582 displays the synchronization output time.The synchronization bus is wired by connecting all of the readers’ “V” (RS–485 syn-chronization minus) pins together and all of the readers’ “Z” (RS–485 synchronization plus) pins together (Figure 7-1).
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-36Figure 7-1 Example of Synchronization Bus Wiring#649NN Set Synchronization Hold Off TimeCommand #649NN sets the time in milliseconds that the reader will hold off after get-ting (or sending if it is the master on the bus) the synchronization pulse before it starts to run its IAG tag sequence. This command is used in close combination with com-mand #648NN. Command #649NN is applicable only if a value other than #64800 is entered for #648NN and is used only when the IAG tag protocol is enabled. Entering a value of #64900 (factory default) disables this feature. Entering a value between #64901 and #6490A (hex value of 10 decimal) causes the reader to hold off starting its tag protocol transaction for the time set between 1 and 10 milliseconds. This feature is used to lessen the possibility of a reader reading an IAG tag that is activated by another reader in the site. Because IAG tags are battery powered active transmitters, their read zones can be much harder to control than for beam-powered passive tags. The pattern also will vary greatly among tags depending on the condition of the indi-vidual tag battery. If this feature is used, each reader on the bus needs a value of between #64901 and #6490A entered for the feature to work. As with the #648NN command, the reader’s physical location on the bus is not critical, but TransCore rec-ommends that the reader numbering follow a logical sequence. Using this command, more than 1 reader on the bus can have the same value, but TransCore recommends using all 10 slots before reusing them. Command #582 displays the Synchronization Hold Off Time. Table 7-15 lists an example of a plaza having five Encompass 4H Readers in lanes where multiple readers identifying the same tag would present a system problem. All of the readers are cabled together on a synchronization bus (see Figure 7-1). The example timing for #648NN is appropriate assuming IAG is the only protocol enabled
Commands7-37in all readers. In this example it is determined that an IAG attenuation setting of 6 dB (#64606) prevents a reader from activating a tag in an adjacent lane.Table 7-15 Example of Encompass 4H Reader Plaza Synchronization Bus SettingsReader Lane Set Synchronization Output Delay Time (#648NN) Set Synchronization Hold-Off Time (#649NN)1* #64814 = 20 ms synchronization time #64901 = 1 ms hold off2#64816 = 22 ms synchronization time #64902 = 2 ms hold off3#64818 = 24 ms synchronization time #64903 = 3 ms hold off4#6481A = 26 ms synchronization time #64904 = 4 ms hold off5#6481C = 28 ms synchronization time #64905 = 5 ms hold off* Reader 1 becomes the bus synchronization master.65 Reset Power Fail BitCommand #65 resets the power fail bit to 0. The bit changes from 0 to 1 when power is restored to the reader. Upon reader power-up, the host transmits either command #65 or #63 Reset Reader to properly initialize this bit. The current state of the power fail bit may be displayed. Refer to “520 Display Power Fail Bit” on page 7-18 for more information.Reader response:Done66F Load Default Operating ParametersCommand #66F loads all the factory default operating parameters except RF operat-ing frequency. Refer to Table 8-2, Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Set-tings” for a listing of the defaults.Reader response:Done All parameters loaded OKError A parameter load failed67N Set Output Pulse DurationCommand #67N sets the output pulse duration for the command #621 Predefined Output Control. This command specifies the length of time that output line(s) will be asserted upon receipt of a valid and unique tag ID. The factory default setting is 228 ms. The variable N specifies an output pulse duration of 48 ms to 752 ms.Uppercase or lowercase characters are allowed for N; for example, hex digits A through F or a through f. The command numbers and corresponding output pulse durations are shown in Table 7-16.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-38 Table 7-16 Output Pulse Duration Commands Command Duration670 4671 8672 12673 16674 20675 24676 32677 40678 48679 6067A 7667B 15267C 228 (factory default)67D 30067E 37667F 752Additional IDs may be acquired during the selected output pulse duration; however, the timing restarts upon each successive ID acquisition. This command should be used with discretion. For example, when the tag acquisition interval is short compared to the selected pulse duration, distinct pulses may not be generated.Reader response:Done or Error690N Select Presence Without Tag Report OptionCommand #690N enables or disables the presence without tag report option. If the presence without tag reporting option is enabled using command #6901, input reports are transmitted when a tag presence is detected without the subsequent acqui-sition of a valid tag. The value for N specifies the reports as shown in Table 7-17.
Table 7-17 Presence Without Tag Report Commands Command Report Option6900 Disable presence without tag reports (factory default)6901 Enable presence without tag reportsCommands7-39Reader response:DoneRefer to “Basic Protocol and ECP Format” on page 6-5 for message format informa-tion.692N Select RF Control AlgorithmCommand #692N selects the algorithm for turning off RF power when RF-by-input control is enabled using command #641 Select RF-by-Input Control. The values for N specify the RF control algorithms as shown in Table 7-18.Table 7-18 RF Control Algorithm CommandsCommand RF Power Off6920 On timeout only 6921 Timeout or tag ID acquired6922 Timeout or presence false (factory default)Command #6920 turns off RF power based on the timeout established by command #693N Set RF Timeout Period.Command #6921 allows RF power to be turned off either after the timeout period or upon acquisition of a valid tag ID, whichever occurs first. The reader turns off the RF immediately following the acquisition of a valid tag, whether or not it is unique. This control algorithm may be used in Wiegand mode to ensure that the tag data is trans-mitted once and only once per presence on both serial and Wiegand ports.Command #6922 turns off RF power either after the timeout period or upon the pres-ence false condition, whichever occurs first.Reader response:Done693N Select RF Timeout Period
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-40Command #693N selects the RF timeout period used by command #692N Select RF Control Algorithm. Values for N range from 0 through F.Command #693F disables the RF timeout. Uppercase or lowercase characters are allowed for N; for example, hex digits A through F or a through f. The commands and corresponding timeouts are shown in Table 7-19.Table 7-19 Timeout Period Values Command Timeout (ms)6930 0 (always expired)6931 46932 86933 126934 206935 246936 326937 486938 606939 92693A 152693B 300693C 452693D 600693E 752693F Infinite (never expires, factory default)Reader response:Done or ErrorThe reader returns an Error message if a valid hexadecimal digit is not substituted for N in command #693N.694N Select Input Inversion OptionCommand #694N enables or disables input inversion. When inversion is enabled, an open circuit input is interpreted as a closed circuit, and a closed circuit input is inter-
Commands7-41preted as an open circuit. This feature allows greater flexibility in the attachment of external equipment to the reader inputs. For example, some proximity sensors indicate presence with an open circuit. In this instance, command #6941 can enable input inversion so that an open circuit input indicates a presence. The values for N represent the two inversion options as shown in Table 7-20. Table 7-20 Input Inversion OptionsCommand Option6940 Disable input inversion (factory default)6941 Enable input inversionReader response:Done695S...S Set Serial NumberCommand #695 assigns the reader serial number according to the format:695SSSSSSwhere SSSSSS is the serial number.The serial number may contain as many as six uppercase or lowercase ASCII alphanu-meric characters. Note: The factory-assigned serial number of the reader contains seven characters. However, to maintain backward compatibility, the reader software allows only six characters to be entered. When setting the serial number, skip the fourth (middle) character of the seven-character number shown on the reader product label.Note: Once assigned, the serial number is preserved during power-down and the loading of default parameters.Reader response:Done696S...S Store Hardware Configuration StringCommand #696S...S stores hardware configuration information into reader mem-ory.The hardware configuration string is assigned according to the following format:696S...Swhere S...S is the hardware configuration string that may contain as many as 20 uppercase or lowercase ASCII alphanumeric characters.Note: Once assigned, configuration information is preserved during power-down and
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-42the loading of default parameters.Reader response:Done697 Set User-Programmable Group Select Equals (GSE) FilterCommand #697 assigns the user-programmable GSE filter.The command string is assigned according to the following format:697 MM AA DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDwhereMM = The tag uses this mask to determine which of the eight Comparison Data bytes are to be compared for the Group Select filter.AA = This field is used by the tag to determine the start address in the tag memory for the comparison data.DD…DD = Comparison Data: an 8-byte field (16 characters) used by the tag as the comparison data for the Group Select filter. The tag compares the data in this field to data in tag memory beginning at the Start Address to determine if the tag will respond to a reader Group Select request. Only the bytes having the corresponding bit set in the GSE Mask is used for this comparison.As an example, to configure a reader to have only tags with data in byte locations 10, 12, and 15 (decimal) with hexadecimal values “00,” “01,” and “02,” the following command is used:#697 A4 0A 0005014202024133To understand how the data is interpreted, it is necessary to break down the GSE Mask field, A4, into binary:A4 = 1010 0100This mask equates to the tag comparing the first, third, and sixth bytes of the Compar-ison Data to data in the tag beginning at address location 0A (10 decimal).The Comparison Data field is broken down in bytes with the bytes corresponding to the mask underlined in bold (for clarification):Address: 0A 0B 0C 0D 0E 0F 10 11Data: 00 05 01 42 02 02 41 33where0A (10 decimal) must be equal to “00” hexadecimal, the first byte in the Comparison Data field0C (12 decimal) must be equal to “01” hexadecimal, the third byte in the Comparison Data field
Commands7-430F (15 decimal) must be equal to “02” hexadecimal, the sixth byte in the Comparison Data fieldReader response:DoneAuxiliary Reader Control — Command Group 8Group 8 commands provide control of reader functions, such as the sense input lines.82N Select Input Status Change Report OptionCommand #82N selects the input lines to be monitored to report any change in input status. The enabled input lines are monitored for any changes in the logic states. If a change is detected, the reader generates an input status change message and treats it as a tag ID. If the auxiliary information option is enabled, the input status field displays the current input values. The value for N specifies the report options as shown in Table 7-21.Table 7-21 Input Status Change Report Options Command Report Option820 Disable status change reports (factory default)821 Report change on input0822 Report change on input1823 Report changes on input0 and input1Reader response:Done830 Disable Automatic Periodic RF Status Report (Factory Default)Command #830 is a default set in the factory to disable the automatic periodic RF status report.Reader response:Done831 Enable Automatic Periodic RF Status ReportCommand #831 enables the automatic periodic RF status report. This function sends out a periodic RF status report if no other message (a tag read) is sent from the reader for a period of time. This message is the same message that would be sent in response to the #527 Display RF Status command. Enabling this function is helpful in some sites where there may not be much tag activity, and the user wants an automatic way to
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide7-44ensure the communication channel with the reader is still intact. With this function enabled, the host system will get a message from the reader at least every three min-utes.Reader response:Done
8Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-3Chapter 8Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader This chapter provides instructions for configuring the Encompass®4H Reader, including factory configuration parameter defaults and instructions for using terminal emulation software to check and change the Encompass 4H Reader factory configuration defaults.Configuring the ReaderAfter installing the Encompass 4H Reader, you need to configure its operating param-eters. Terminal settings should be initially set at 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, and no flow control.General Configuration LabelingEach Encompass 4H Reader and its shipping carton are labeled to indicate the unit’s general configuration. Table 8-1 contains explanations of the Encompass 4H Reader label fields.Table 8-1 Encompass 4H Reader Configuration Label FieldsField Description1st TransCore reader designator2nd Model number40 = 915 MHz frequency band3rd Interfacexywherex = 0 (integrated antenna)y = 2 (RS–232 and Wiegand); y = 4 (RS–422 and Wiegand)4th 0nnwherenn = tag protocol(s). Protocol designators are as follows:001 = Super eGo® (SeGo) protocol002 = ATA/SeGo protocols003 = eGo/SeGo protocols004 = SeGo/Inter-Agency Group (IAG) protocols008 = ATA protocol009 = eGo/ATA protocols010 = ATA/IAG protocols019 = IAG protocol
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-4As an example, a label reading 10-4002-004 indicates that this 915-MHz Encompass 4H Reader is configured with an integrated antenna, RS–232 and Wiegand communi-cations, and reads SeGo and IAG protocol tags.Default Operating Parameter SettingsTable 8-2 contains the factory default configuration settings for the Encompass 4H Reader operating parameters.The default configuration settings may not be the correct operating configuration settings for a specific site. Changes to the configuration set-tings may have to be made, depending on the site plan, as described in Chapter 2, ”Developing the Site Plan” .Review the default configurations shown in Table 8-2 to determine which parameters, in addition to operating frequency and operating range, need to be adjusted. Refer to Chapter 7, ”Commands” for a complete list of parameters and the corresponding commands.Note: The dual-protocol Encompass 4H Reader internal timing varies depending on the operative tag read mode and the type of tag in the read field. Table 8-2 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings Parameter Setting CommandOperating mode Data 00Baud rate 9600 1005Stop bits 11010Parity None 1020Time and data appended Enabled 302Auxiliary information appended Disabled 310Unique ID code criteria Separation of 1 ID 4100Wiegand mode Disabled 450Tag translation mode Disabled 452Multi-tag sort Disabled 454eGo and eGo Plus tag initialization during multi-tag sort Enabled 456Second alternative group select Disabled 458Wiegand transmit mode 1 second 4601Third alternative group select Disabled 490Fourth alternative group select Disabled 492
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-5Configuring Parameters with Terminal Emulation SoftwareTo configure the Encompass 4H Reader using a PC and terminal emulation software to manually enter Encompass 4H Reader host commands, follow the instructions in the section “Connecting the Encompass 4H Reader to the PC” on page 4-21. Then, Fifth alternative group select Disabled 494Alternate group select Disabled 496Reader ID number 00 6000Communications protocol Basic 610Error correcting protocol (ECP) timeout 12.7 sec 612FEFlow control Software (XON/XOFF) 6141Echo mode Enabled 6171Sense output control Predefined 621RF-by-input control Enabled 641ATA operating range Maximum 6431FRF attenuation Full power 64409eGo and eGo Plus Tag operating range Maximum 6451FSense output pulse duration 228 ms 67CPresence without tag reports Disabled 6900RF-off control Timeout or no presence 6922RF timeout Never true 693FInput inversion Disabled 6940Serial number NNNNNN 695Store hardware configuration Hardware configuration not known 696Input status change reports Disabled 820Automatic periodic RF status report Disabled 830Table 8-2 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings (continued)Parameter Setting Command
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-6enter the appropriate configuration commands through the terminal emulation soft-ware on your PC. See Chapter 7, ”Commands” for a detailed description of all available configuration commands.Starting the Terminal Emulation SoftwareYou can use a PC and any terminal emulation software to enter the host commands to download flash software, configure reader operating parameters, perform diagnostics, and retrieve tag data. The following procedures show examples using Hyper Termi-nal™, an application included with Microsoft Windows. Most terminal emulation applications have a similar sequence for launching.To start the terminal emulation software1. At the command prompt, type your terminal emulation start command; or if using Windows Hyper Terminal, select: Programs>Accessories>Hypertermand press ENTER.The application displays the Connection Description dialog box as shown in Figure 8-1.Figure 8-1 Connection Description Dialog Box2. Enter a name for the session and click OK.The application displays the Phone Number dialog box as shown in Figure 8-2.
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-7Figure 8-2 Phone Number Dialog Box3. From the Connect using pull-down list, choose the Com 1 option (or whichever com port on the PC to which the RS-232 cable is attached) and click OK.The application displays the COM1 Properties dialog box as shown in Figure 8-3.Figure 8-3 COM 1 Properties Dialog Box4. In the pull-down lists on the COM1 Properties dialog box, choose the following values:
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-8•Bits per second: 9600 baud•Data bits: 8 •Parity: None•Stop bits: 1•Flow control: NoneClick OK.The application displays the configparms - Hyper Terminal main screen as shown in Figure 8-4.Figure 8-4 Hyper Terminal Main ScreenVerifying CommunicationsYou must verify that the Encompass 4H Reader and the PC or laptop are communicat-ing.To verify communications1. Start the terminal emulation application as described previously in “Starting the Terminal Emulation Software” on page 8-6.Note: When testing the Encompass 4H Reader using a laptop, TransCore recom-mends that you configure laptop communication parameters to match those of the host
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-9computer to which the Encompass 4H Reader will be connected after testing and con-figuration are completed.2. Cycle the power on the Encompass 4H Reader.Upon startup, the Encompass 4H Reader transmits a sign-on message, displayed on the terminal emulation screen as shown in Figure 8-5, or a boot ROM failure message.Figure 8-5 Sign-on MessageThe sign-on message appears as follows: Model [software version] SNYYYYYY[Copyright notice]where YYYYYY is the serial number assigned to the Encompass 4H Reader skipping the fourth character printed on the reader product label.Serial number 000000 is the default setting and is not a valid number. If this number appears in the sign-on message, the serial number has never been stored into reader memory. Contact TransCore Technical Support.If the flash memory checksum is not verifiable, the sign-on message appears as follows:Model [E4 BOOT] Ver 0.00 A[Copyright notice]If the failure message version number equals 0.00 E and no serial number exists, the flash memory checksum has failed, and the Encompass 4H Reader is operating out of boot ROM. In this case, the Encompass 4H Reader automatically enters download mode and waits for a new program to be loaded into the flash memory. Follow the instructions in “Program Download” on page 5-5.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-10Communications can also be verified by using the command sequence in Table 8-3.Table 8-3 Entry Encompass 4H Reader Response Notes#01 <CR> #Done <CR/LF> Switches the Encompass 4H Reader to command mode.#505 <CR> #Model E4 Series Ver X.XX SN97001P <CR/LF> Reports the software version and serial number.#00 <CR> #Done <CR/LF> Returns the Encompass 4H Reader to data mode.Command Sequence to Verify Communications3. If a successful sign-on message is not returned, check connections and communications factors and correct any errors.To check connections and communications factors1. Confirm that the Encompass 4H Reader has power.2. Verify the connections between the PC and the Encompass 4H Reader.3. Verify the receive (Rx) and transmit (Tx) connections.4. If using handshaking, verify the RTS and CTS connections. 5. Verify the COM port settings for the Encompass 4H Reader using the instructions in “Serial Port Communications” on page 8-17. Repeat the procedures in “Verifying Communications” on page 8-8.If you still cannot verify the Encompass 4H Reader and PC communications, use the information in “Technical Support” on page 9-6 to contact TransCore. Verifying Tag Read CapabilityAfter verifying communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and the PC, ver-ify the capability to read tags.Note: The default tag read mode of the reader is the protocol(s) programmed into the reader. Table 8-1 shows how to determine which tag protocol(s) your Encompass 4H reader supports. Use only those test tags programmed with the correct protocol(s) for the reader.To verify tag read capability 1. Once communications are verified as described in “Verifying Communications” on page 8-8, enter the following sequence of commands to turn on continuous RF:• #01
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-11• #6401• #40• #002. Pass one test tag in front of the unit. If the Encompass 4H Reader reads the tag, the terminal emulation application displays the tag information on the screen as shown in Figure 8-6.Successful Tag ReadFigure 8-6 Successful Tag ReadIf the tag ID is not displayed, perform the following actions:•Verify that the Encompass 4H Reader is in data mode (command #00 Switch to Data Mode).•Ensure that the tag you are using is compatible with the Encompass 4H Reader. The Encompass 4H Reader can read tag types that are compatible with the reader model.•An Encompass 4H Reader displays the tag read for any tag that is compatible with the reader programming. Table 8-1 shows how to determine which tag protocol(s) your Encompass 4H reader supports.•Using the audible circuit tester as described in “Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Using an Audible Circuit Tester” on page 4-5, verify that the reader is capable of reading the tag in the read zone. If it is, the problem is probably in the communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and the host.3. Pass a different reader-compatible test tag in front of your Encompass 4H Reader.4. When the Encompass 4H Reader reads the second tag successfully, the terminal emulation application displays that tag’s information in the main screen below the information for the first tag, as shown in Figure 8-7.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-12 Figure 8-7 Second Successful Tag Read If the read is unsuccessful, perform the following actions:•Ensure the tag you are using is compatible with the Encompass 4H Reader.•Using the audible circuit tester as described in “Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Using an Audible Circuit Tester” on page 4-5, verify that the reader is capable of reading the tag in the read zone. If it is, the problem is probably in the communications between the Encompass 4H Reader and the host computer. Configuring Encompass 4H ParametersFollow the procedures in this section to configure Encompass 4H parameters using a PC, laptop, or terminal emulator. The PC or laptop must be connected to and commu-nicating with the Encompass 4H Reader, and the terminal emulation application must be configured correctly, as described in the section “Verifying Communications” on page 8-8.Note: If you are using Wiegand mode, you must connect the PC or laptop to the Encompass 4H Reader using the RS–232 or RS–422 interface before attempting to send commands to the reader. You can leave the Wiegand interface connected during this procedure. To configure parameters1. Switch to command mode by typing #01 at the prompt on the terminal emulation screen, and pressing ENTER. Note: All Encompass 4H Reader commands are preceded by the start-of-message character (#).2. To meet requirements of your site, make changes to default operating parameters as described in the following sections.The following sections contain procedures to set some of the parameters that are commonly changed to meet the requirements of a specific site. Procedures are listed in alphabetical order by parameter.
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-13Appended Tag DataUse this procedure to set appended tag data parameters using the terminal emulation application. See “31N Append Auxiliary Information Selection” on page 7-9 for more information. To set appended tag data parameters1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #311 to append auxiliary information or command #310 to have no auxiliary information appended (factory default). Press ENTER.ID SeparationThe host can select a unique ID separation of one ID or two IDs. The reader default operation is for a unique ID separation of one ID and a uniqueness timeout of two minutes. You can disable the uniqueness check using command #40 Transmit All ID Codes. In this case, every tag ID received is transmitted without regard to unique-ness. You can reinstate uniqueness checking with commands #4100 or #4101 Select ID Separation.Note: The dual-protocol Encompass 4H Reader internal timing varies depending on the operative tag read mode and the type of tag in the read field. See section “40 Transmit All ID Codes” on page 7-11 and section “410N Select Unique ID Code Criteria (Anti-passback Feature)” on page 7-11.To set ID separation parameters1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #4100 to select a separation of one ID; enter command #4101 to select a separation of two IDs. Press ENTER.ReportsThe Encompass 4H Reader can be configured to transmit presence without tag reports and input status change reports. A presence without tag report is transmitted in data mode only, and only if the system has a presence detector. This report is sent if a pres-ence is detected without the detection of a valid tag ID. See sections “529 Display Presence Input Status” on page 7-24 and “690N Select Presence Without Tag Report Option” on page 7-38.If configured with command #82N Select Input Status Change Report Option to transmit input status change reports, the reader will transmit a message to the host computer any time the inputs change state. Input status change reports are transmitted in data mode only. Input status change reporting is disabled by default. See sections “560 Request Sensor Status Change” on page 7-28 and “82N Select Input Status Change Report Option” on page 7-43. Also refer to Chapter 6, ”Communications Pro-tocols” for information on message formats.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-14To set presence reporting1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #529 to display presence input status and press ENTER. P0 indicates presence without tag reports disabled (factory default), and P1 indicates presence without tag reports enabled.3. Enter command #6901 to enable presence without tag reports, or enter command #6900 to disable presence without tag reports (factory default). Press ENTER.To set input status change reporting1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #560 to display input status change report options and press ENTER.• EO = input status change reports disabled (factory default)• E1 = input status change reports enabled• M0 = reporting disabled (factory default)• M1 = changes on input0 reported• M2 = changes on input1 reported• M3 = changes on either input reported3. Enter command #821 to report any change on input0, command #822 to report any change on input 1, command #823 to report changes on input0 and input1, or command #820 to disable status change reports (factory default). Press ENTER.Reset ReaderCommand #63 Reset Reader resets uniqueness, clears the power fail bit, and trans-mits the sign-on message. The reader returns to data mode following the completion of this command.Note: This command does not reset any of the configuration parameters.See “63 Reset Reader” on page 7-33. To reset the reader1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #63. Press ENTER.The terminal emulation screen displays the sign-on message as shown in Figure 8-5 on page 8-9.
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-15RF TransmissionThe RF transmission can be controlled by one of the following methods:•Connecting a vehicle detector to the sense input0 circuit•The host sending software commands to the Encompass 4H Reader As a factory default, the Encompass 4H Reader is configured to control the RF power with a vehicle detector. Figure 8-8 illustrates the methods of controlling RF sense output.Figure 8-8 Encompass 4H Reader RF Control OptionsVehicle Detector Controlling RF TransmissionThe vehicle detector can be a loop detector, an infrared sensor, or an ultrasonic detec-tor that is connected to sense input0 to turn on the Encompass 4H Reader RF transmit-ter. In Figure 8-8, Option A shows a vehicle detector controlling the RF transmitter. This operation is preferred because the RF transmits only when a vehicle is in the Encompass 4H Reader read zone. Command #641 Select RF-by-Input Control (fac-tory default) must be enabled.To set the option of the vehicle detector controlling the Encompass 4H Reader 1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #641. Press ENTER.Leave the setting on RF-by-input control for normal operation.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-16Host Controlling RF TransmissionIn Figure 8-8, Option B shows the host controlling the RF transmitter. If the vehicle detector is connected to the host computer, as shown in Option B, com-mands #6400 RF Off and #6401 RF On sent from the host computer turn on and off the Encompass 4H Reader RF transmitter. Continuous RF TransmissionIn Figure 8-8, Option C shows the test configuration controlling the RF transmitter. To test the Encompass 4H Reader, as described in “Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Using an Audible Circuit Tester” on page 4-5, you can turn on the Encompass 4H Reader RF transmitter continuously by issuing command #6401.Sense InputsBoth the RS–232 and RS–422 configurations used by the Encompass 4H Reader have two sense inputs — sense input0 and sense input1. The default configuration uses sense input0 as the presence detection device line. RF power is automatically turned on only when the presence detection device (loop detector or other device) detects a presence. Sense input1 is not used directly by the reader; it is used by the host com-puter to monitor an external device. The Encompass 4H Reader sense inputs are designed to connect to a dry contact closure. You can configure the Encompass 4H Reader to generate input status change reports, which are transmitted like tag IDs. The host can then respond based on the true/false (closed/open) status of the sense inputs. See the section “Reports” on page 8-13.The following procedures describe how to set sense inputs using the terminal emula-tion software. See commands “526 Display I/O Status” on page 7-21, “694N Select Input Inversion Option” on page 7-40, and “82N Select Input Status Change Report Option” on page 7-43 for more information.To set sense inputs1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #526 to display the current input/output status. C0 = host controls outputs; C1= predefined output mode; O0 = both outputs off; O1 = output0 on; O2 = output1 on; O3 = both outputs on; I0 = both inputs false; I1 = input0 true; I2 = input1 true. 3. Enter command #6940 to disable input inversion (factory default) or command #6941 to enable input inversion, and press ENTER. Sense Output DevicesBoth the RS–232 and RS–422 configurations used by the Encompass 4H Reader have two sense output circuits – sense output0 and sense output1.
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-17By default, the Encompass 4H Reader operates in predefined output mode where sense output0 and sense output1 are asserted every time a unique valid tag is read. Both sense output devices are asserted by issuing command #621 Predefined Output Control. The devices are not asserted when tags are acquired in the transmit all or buf-fer all ID mode or when the Encompass 4H Reader is operating in Wiegand mode. The sense output pulse duration is variable (command #67N).The host computer can disable the predefined sense output control by issuing com-mand #6201 to turn sense output0 on or by issuing any of the following commands: #6200 Turn Off Both Output Ports, #6201 Turn Off Output0, On Output1, #6202 Turn Off Output1, On Output0, or #6203 Turn On Both Output Ports. While under host control, the sense outputs are not automatically asserted when a valid tag is read. The host must issue command #621 Predefined Output Mode to return to the pre-defined mode.Serial Port CommunicationsThe Encompass 4H Reader supports one communications port, which can be ordered as either RS–232/Wiegand or RS–422/Wiegand. For the RS–232 and RS–422 com-munications specifications, the Encompass 4H Reader maintains the following three sets of parameters that affect serial port communications:•Port configuration parameters (baud rate, data bits, stop bits, parity)•Communications protocols (basic, error correcting)•Flow control scheme (none, software, hardware) The default serial port configuration for each of these three parameters is as follows:•9600 baud, 8 data bits, 1 stop bit, no parity•Basic communications protocol•Software flow control (XON/XOFF)You can change these parameters in data mode and command mode operation by issu-ing commands with the host computer. Use the following procedures to set serial port communications parameters using the terminal emulation program.Port Configuration ParametersUse this procedure to set port configuration parameters using the terminal emulation program. Consult sections “100N Select Baud Rate" through “102N Select Parity” on page 7-7.To set baud rate 1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #100N and press ENTER.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-18To set stop bits1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #101N and press ENTER.To set parity1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #102N and press ENTER.Communications ProtocolUse the following procedures to set communications protocol. Consult sections “610 Select Basic Communication Protocol (Factory Default)" through “612NN Select Error Correcting Protocol Timeout” on page 7-30 for more information.CautionDo not switch to ECP (command #611) unless the host is prepared to acknowledge each reader transmission.To select a communications protocol1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.2. Enter command #610 to select basic protocol (factory default) or command #611 to select ECP and press ENTER.Software Flow ControlTwo modes of flow control are supported — software (XON/XOFF) and hardware (CTS - clear to send). The host can enable or disable flow control with command #614N Select Flow Control Option.The host can use software control characters (XON/XOFF) or the hardware CTS handshake line to interrupt reader transmissions. When the reader is configured for software flow control, it stops transmitting if it receives the XOFF character from the host (host software command 13H). It resumes transmitting only when it receives the XON character (host software command 11H) from the host. Likewise, when the reader is configured for hardware flow control, it stops transmitting if it detects that the CTS line is no longer asserted. It resumes transmitting when this line is asserted. If flow control is not needed, the reader should be configured for no flow control (#6140 Disable Flow Control).Note: TransCore recommends that XON/XOFF flow control be disabled while using the error correcting protocol.Use the following procedure to set flow control parameters using the terminal emula-tion program. See section “614N Select Flow Control Option” on page 7-31. To select flow control1. Ensure that the host computer is in command mode.
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-192. Enter command #6140 to disable flow control, command #6141 to enable software flow control (factory default), or command #6142 to enable hardware flow control and press ENTER.Fine-Tuning and Verifying the Read ZoneIf the read zone is too wide or too deep for your application, it can be fine-tuned by physically adjusting the Encompass 4H Reader mounting orientation, reprogramming the actual RF power output (#644NN Set RF Attenuation), and/or reprogramming the RF sensitivity range (#643NN Set ATA Operating Range and #645NN Set eGo and eGo Plus Operating Range). The combination of these adjustments allows you to con-fine the read zone to the area where tagged vehicles pass. This operation also mini-mizes reading unwanted vehicles in adjacent lanes or parking areas.See sections “643NN Select ATA Operating Range (Distance)” on page 7-34, “645NN Set eGo and eGo Plus Operating Range (Distance)” on page 7-35, and “644NN Set RF Attenuation” on page 7-34 for more information.Note: As described in “Marking the Read Zone” on page 4-30, marking the read pat-tern using test tags that are not mounted to vehicles give a general idea of the read pattern but the pattern will vary somewhat when actual vehicles with tags are tested. Final adjustments must be made with tags properly mounted on a variety of vehicles.Physically Orienting the Encompass 4H Reader You can manually adjust the location of the read zone by loosening the Encompass 4H Reader mounting brackets and pointing the reader in the desired direction. The unit should be aligned to point directly at the tag as it enters the desired read zone.Fine-Tuning the Read Zone by Lowering Output PowerYou can make the read zone smaller by adjusting the Encompass 4H Reader RF power output from a maximum of 250 milliwatts to a minimum of 63 milliwatts using com-mand #644NN Set RF Attenuation. Lowering the RF power has the added benefit of reducing RF interference with adjacent lanes.To adjust the read zone by lowering output power1. Ensure that your PC is communicating with the Encompass 4H Reader using a terminal emulation program as described in section “Verifying Communications” on page 8-8.2. Mark the current read zone as described in section “Marking the Read Zone” on page 4-30.CautionTest tags should be compatible with your Encompass 4H Reader. Test tags can be ATA-protocol, ISO-compliant, or Inter-Agency Group tags affixed to a plastic or wooden yardstick, or eGo or eGo Plus sticker-type tags affixed to a piece of nonme-tallic windshield-type glass 0.190 to 0.230 in (4.82 to 5.84 mm) in thickness. The
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-20sticker-type tags have a reduced read range when not attached to glass.3. Enter command #01 to switch to command mode. You are prompted with #DONE from the reader and can now enter reader commands.4. Enter in command #64401 to lower the RF power by 1 dB below 2 watts (default). Press ENTER.Note: In the command #644NN, NN can be any hexadecimal value from 00 to 06. Settings for attenuation are 1.0 dB increments over a range of 6 dB of attenu-ation from the maximum power setting of 250 milliwatts (24 dBm) at 0 dB attenu-ation to a minimum power level of 63 milliwatts (18 dBm) at 6 dB attenuation. Increasing the attenuation lowers the output RF power. 5. Switch to data mode by entering command #00 and pressing ENTER.6. Verify that the read zone has decreased by moving the tag through the desired read area. If the read zone is still too large, switch to command mode and enter the command #64402 to lower the output RF power another 1 dB. Continue increasing the NN value until the read zone matches the desired read zone.7. Follow the steps in “Procedures” on page 4-30 to mark the new read zone on the ground with tape or chalk. When the desired read zone is established, test the read zone with simulated and real traffic by performing the following procedures:To test the read zone1. Ensure that the Encompass 4H Reader is in data mode.2. With the Encompass 4H Reader running, place one tag behind your back while you hold another tag in the new read zone. If a valid read, the data from the tag held in the read zone displays on the PC screen.3. Switch tags, placing the other tag behind your back and holding the first tag in the read zone. If a valid read, the data from this tag held in the read zone displays on the PC screen. If both tags are read, you have successfully adjusted the read range.4. If one or both tags did not read, follow the suggestions in “Verifying Tag Read Capability” on page 8-10.5. As a last test, attach test tags to vehicles and simulate traffic going through the read zone to verify that the system performs accurately in a live environment. Fine-tuning the Read Zone by Adjusting Sensitivity RangeThe Encompass 4H Reader read zone can be fine-tuned by using command #643NN for ATA tag read mode or #645NN for eGo and eGo Plus tag read mode to reprogram the RF sensitivity range. Sensitivity range adjustments have less impact on the read pattern than RF power adjustment, thus RF power adjustment should be used as the main read pattern adjustment tool. Sensitivity range control may be helpful in stop-ping some tag reads on the very edges of the read pattern. To produce a noticeable
Configuring the Encompass 4H Reader8-21change in the read pattern, you must decrease the range sensitivity by more than one increment.To adjust the read zone by adjusting sensitivity range1. Ensure that your PC is communicating with the Encompass 4H Reader using a terminal emulation program as described in “Verifying Communications” on page 8-8.2. Mark the current read zone as described in “Marking the Read Zone” on page 4-30.3. Enter command #01 to switch to command mode. You are prompted with #DONE from the reader and can now enter reader commands.4. Enter command #64318 or #64518 to decrease the range sensitivity seven increments below the maximum (default). Press ENTER.Note: In the command #643NN or #645NN, NN can be any hexadecimal value from 00 to 1F. The reader’s receiver becomes less sensitive to tag signals as the value of NN is lowered from the maximum sensitivity of 1F to the minimum sensitivity of 00. 5. Verify that the read zone has decreased by moving the tag through the desired read area. If the read zone is still too large, switch to command mode and enter the command #64317 or #64517 to decrease the range another increment. Continue increasing the NN value until the read zone matches the desired read zone.6. Follow the steps in section “Procedures” on page 4-30 to mark the new read zone on the ground with the tape or chalk. When the desired read zone is established, test the read zone with simulated and real traffic by performing the following procedures.To test the read zone1. Ensure that the Encompass 4H Reader is in data mode.2. With the Encompass 4H Reader running, place one tag behind your back while you hold another tag in the new read zone. If a valid read, the data from the tag held in the read zone displays on the PC screen.3. Switch tags, placing the other tag behind your back and holding the first tag in the read zone. If a valid read, the data from this tag held in the read zone displays on the PC screen.4. If both tags are read, you have successfully adjusted the read range. If one or both tags did not read, follow the suggestions in “Verifying Tag Read Capability” on page 8-10.5. As a last test, attach test tags to vehicles and simulate traffic going through the read zone to verify that the system performs accurately in a live environment.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide8-22
9Troubleshooting and Maintenance
Troubleshooting and Maintenance9-3Chapter 9Troubleshooting and MaintenanceThis chapter contains information for troubleshooting an Encompass® 4H Reader and performing minimal maintenance checks. It also includes information for returning products for repair, obtaining support, and contact information for providing feedback and suggestions to TransCore. Error MessagesThe Encompass 4H Reader transmits an error message if a command received from the host is not a recognized command or if information supplied with the command is not correct. The reader sends this message to diagnostic commands if the reader fails the specified test.Table 9-1 contains a list of error messages. Table 9-1 Error Messages Error Message Description Corrective ActionError07 The RF phase locked loop (PLL) has lost lock and is unable to operate at its intended frequency. RF output is disabled while the Encompass 4H Reader attempts to reset the PLL.Reset the reader if error persists.Error08 The RF PLL has successfully regained lock and has been reset to its proper operating frequency. The RF section is returned to its state prior to losing lock (enabled/disabled). Error08 will only be issued after Error07 has been issued.No action necessary; the previous error has been corrected.Error11 The operator is attempting to use an Intellitag-based tag in Wiegand mode while the Encompass 4H Reader is in ID-only mode, thus Wiegand compatibility issues.Enable eATA mode using command #489 if Wiegand operation is needed and the tags are programmed with Wiegand data.ErrorRF1 Warning message that the RF board did not return an update acknowledge signal If the reader indicates a single ErrorRF1 event and recovers from the error, no corrective action is required. You may want to track this error message if it should occur again. If the reader indicates repeated ErrorRF1 warning messages then return the reader to the factory.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide9-4TroubleshootingYou can use the following table for troubleshooting. Should problems continue, con-tact TransCore for return and replacement procedures. If you contact Technical Sup-port, use the symptom number in Table 9-2 to reference the problem that you are having with the Encompass 4H Reader. ErrorRF2 Warning message that the RF module did not return an INIT DONE signal If the reader indicates a single ErrorRF2 event and recovers from the error, no corrective action is required. You may want to track this error message if it should occur again. If the reader indicates repeated ErrorRF2 warning messages then return the reader to the factory.ErrorRF3 Warning message of unexpected status read, including status byte, from RF moduleIf the reader indicates a single ErrorRF3 event and recovers from the error, no corrective action is required. You may want to track this error message if it should occur again. If the reader indicates repeated ErrorRF3 warning messages then return the reader to the factory.Table 9-1 Error Messages (continued)Error Message Description Corrective ActionTable 9-2 Symptoms and Remedies Symptom NumberaSymptom Remedy1When performing a quick test of the Encompass 4H Reader, the buzz box does not buzz.Check all your wiring connections and ensure that your buzz box is functioning. The wires from the Encompass 4H Reader are grouped in pairs. You could find more than one red wire, more than one black wire, and so on. You must connect the correct red and white wire pair to the leads from the battery. Verify that RF is on as described in “Bench Testing the Encompass 4H Reader Before Installation” on page 4-10. Using a terminal emulation program, you may switch to command mode and issue command #527 to determine RF status. See page 7-23 for more information.2The baud rate is selected correctly but nothing happens.The Encompass 4H Reader is not communicating with your PC. Check the power supply to your PC, and check the connections between the PC and the Encompass 4H Reader. Try reversing the receive and transmit connections.
Troubleshooting and Maintenance9-53When testing the Encompass 4H Reader, all the wires are connected correctly but the unit does not respond. The Encompass 4H Reader may not have the software loaded inside the unit. Contact Technical Support as described on page 9-6. If you are using a terminal emulation program, check that the terminal emulation setting on the Encompass 4H Reader is VT100.Check that the Encompass 4H communication cable is connected to the correct COM port.4Strange signal responses come from the Encompass 4H Reader when tested with the PC.Ensure that the reader is in the correct interface mode for the test tag, i.e., Wiegand mode for a Wiegand tag. If using hyperterminal, Wiegand tag data may display as unintelligible characters.Check the system defaults using a terminal emulation program. Both PC and reader should be set to 9600 baud, 8 bits, 1 stop bit, and no parity.5When a tag is moved in front of the reader, a clicking sound comes from the Encompass 4H Reader.The Encompass 4H Reader works. The sound is the relay inside the Encompass 4H Reader that is controlled by a lock signal. The relay is actuated when a tag is in the read zone.6Nothing happens when the test tag is passed in front of the Encompass 4H Reader.Ensure that the Encompass 4H Reader is powered on and is in predefined output mode. (#621)Verify that the reader is set to RF ON (#6401).Verify that the reader mode matches the test tag.7The Encompass 4H Reader came from another site and does not work the way the factory defaults indicate that it should.Different commands were probably used to support the other site’s specific configuration. You can restore the factory defaults by using a terminal emulation program to switch to command mode and issuing command #66F Load Default Operating Parameters. All factory defaults except RF frequency will be restored.8When connected to a PC that is running terminal communications software, a just-powered up Encompass 4H Reader displays one of the following messages: #Model E4 Series X.XX SNYYYYYY#[Copyright notice]The Encompass 4H Reader works. The software is now loaded. YYYYYY is the TransCore-assigned serial number for this Encompass 4H Reader. However, if YYYYYY = 000000, a serial number has never been assigned. If a serial number has not been assigned to your Encompass 4H Reader, contact TransCore Technical Support.Table 9-2 Symptoms and Remedies (continued)Symptom NumberaSymptom Remedy
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide9-6aUse this number to reference the problem you are having with the Encompass 4H Reader if you contact Transcore for Technical Support. Encompass 4H Reader RepairThe Encompass 4H Reader is designed for whole-unit replacement and is manufac-tured with surface-mounted components. It requires sophisticated testing and repair equipment. All testing and repairs are performed at TransCore’s factory. Please con-tact TransCore to obtain a Return Materials Authorization (RMA) for returning the reader.Technical SupportAuthorized dealers and distributors are responsible for the direct support of all cus-tomers. Authorized dealers and distributors needing support can contact Technical Support at (505) 856-8007. Please be prepared to answer a series of questions that are designed to direct you to the best TransCore support resource available. These ques-9The read zone is too small, even before the RF power and range control have been adjusted.Check for possible interference from another nearby RF source: fluorescent lights, neon signs, high voltage power lines, nearby cellular telephone, or radio stations. Lights will need to be removed or shielded. Point the Encompass 4H Reader in a different direction to see if interference comes from only one direction. Verify that the RF power is set to an appropriate value.Verify that the range adjustment is set to the maximum.Verify that the reader is getting at least 16V. 10 The perimeter of the read zone has been defined, but there is a “hollow” spot in the center of the zone that does not read tags.The angle of the Encompass 4H Reader may need adjustment. Slightly tilt the Encompass 4H Reader to a different angle to change either the length or width of the read zone.11 The Encompass 4H Reader is reading tags out of the desired read zone, or cross-lane reads are occurring.Some interference from other RF or electrical sources may be occurring. See “Reflection, Refraction, and Diffraction of RF Signals” on page 2-12. Verify that the read zone has been properly set up. See “Fine-Tuning and Verifying the Read Zone” on page 8-19.12 The Encompass 4H Reader is not providing any output to the Wiegand interface.Ensure that the Encompass 4H Reader is in Wiegand mode (#451). The default is either RS–232 or RS–422 mode. Refer to “Wiegand Interface” on page 4-24. Ensure the tags are properly programmed with Wiegand data.Table 9-2 Symptoms and Remedies (continued)Symptom NumberaSymptom Remedy
Troubleshooting and Maintenance9-7tions will relate to symptoms, configuration, model, and tags used.Note: End users and facility operators contacting Technical Support will be referred to the dealer responsible for the system sale.Marketing SupportDealers requiring marketing support may call TransCore Marketing at (800) 923-4824 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Mountain Standard Time, Monday through Fri-day. Send faxes to (505) 857-0715 ATTN: TransCore Marketing.Find a Problem with the Encompass 4H Reader or Have Suggestions?Call (800) 923-4824 and ask for the TransCore Encompass 4H Reader product man-ager. Send faxes to (505) 857-0715 ATTN: Encompass 4H Reader product manager.
Encompass 4H Reader System Guide9-8
AGlossary
GlossaryA-3Appendix AGlossaryAAAR Association of American RailroadsAC alternating currentACK acknowledge (data valid)ANSI American National Standards Instituteantenna passive device that converts RF energy into magnetic energy (RF signal)ASCII American Standard Code for Information InterchangeASIC application-specific integrated circuitATA American Trucking Associationaux auxiliaryAWG AWG (American Wire Gauge) is a U.S. standard set of non-ferrous wire conductor sizesBbackscatter portion of an RF signal that is modulated by a tag and radiated back to the readerbaud measure of number of bits per second of a digital signal; for example, 9600 baud = 9600 bits per secondBCKS boot checksumBCM buffer control modebps bits per secondbyte a binary character; for example, one 8-bit ASCII characterCcmd command
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideA-4comm communicationscommand data set that is recognized by the receiving device as intending to elicit a specific responseconduit flexible steel pipe use for electrical wiringcps characters per secondCR carriage returnCRC cyclic redundancy checkCTRL controlCTS clear to sendDdata information that is processed by a computing deviceDC direct currentDIAG diagnosticEECP error correcting protocolECPS error correcting protocol statuseGo proprietary name for ANS INCITS 256-2001 compliant TransCore tag products. A registered trademark of TCP IP, Ltd.eGo Plus proprietary name for ANS INCITS 256-2001 and ISO 18000-6B compliant TransCore tag products. Super eGo is a superset of the eGo protocol. A registered trademark of TCP IP, Ltd.Encompass proprietary name for ANS INCITS 256-2001 compliant TransCore reader products. A trademark of TC IP, Ltd.eol end of lineeom end of messageEPROM erasable programmable read-only memory
GlossaryA-5Ffield physical area/space in which a tag can be read by the reader; also, an element of a data record/frame. For example, division within a tag's data frame.frames consecutive bits of data in memory that are read and written as a groupfrequency bands a range of RF frequencies assigned for transmission by an RF deviceHhex hexadecimalhexadecimal base 16 numbering system that uses the characters 0 though 9 and A through F to resent the digits 0 through 16host device, generally a computer, that is connected to the Encompass 4H Reader through the communications portII/O or IO circuits input/output circuitsID identification; encoded information unique to a particular tagINCITS American National Standards Institute International Committee for Information Technology standardsIntellitag Proprietary name for ANS INCITS 256-2001 compliant Intermec products. A registered trademark of Intermec Technologies Corporation, a UNOVA Company.interface connection point for communication with another deviceIOST I/O statusISO International Standardization Organization LLF line feedMmmeter
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideA-6MHz megahertzmode method of operationms millisecondsNNAK negative acknowledgment (data not valid)NVRAM non-volatile memory. To save user parameter changes to NVRAM, you must send command #00 before powering down the reader.Ppassback used to refer to a tag ID that is not passed on to the tag bufferPC personal computerPCKS EPROM flash checksumprotocol specified convention for the format of data messages communicated between devicesPRST presence statusPWRB power fail bitRRAM random access memoryRDID reader IDread process of acquiring data from a device; for example, from a tag or from computer memoryreader controlled interrogating device capable of acquiring data from a device; for example, acquiring and interrupting data from a tagread zone the physical area in which a tag can be read by the readerRF radio frequencyRFID radio frequency identificationRFST RF status
GlossaryA-7ROM read-only memoryRTC real-time clock RTS request-to-sendSSeGo Super eGo (SeGo) is a superset of the eGo protocolSN serial numbersom start of messageSSTC input status change reporting optionsTtag small self-contained device acting as an identifying transponderTau timeout delayTT tag translationVVvoltsVer version (software)WWiegand the trade name for a technology used in card readers and sensors, particularly for access control applications. Wiegand devices were originally developed by HID Corporation.write process of recording data; for example, writing to computer memory or to a tag’s memory. Writing writes over (erases) previous data stored at the specified memory locations.WTI Wiegand retransmit intervalXXON/XOFF protocol for controlling the flow of data between computers and other devices on an
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideA-8asynchronous serial connection. XON and XOFF are signals to turn a transmitter on or off. The actual signal for XON is the same bit configuration as the ASCII Ctrl-Q key-board combination (11 hexadecimal). The XOFF signal is the Ctrl-S character (13 hexadecimal).
B Technical Specifications
Technical SpecificationsB-3Appendix BTechnical SpecificationsReader Specifications CommunicationsFrequency Selection Hopping controlled by firmware. Not selectable.Reading Range Read performance varies depending on tag, reader, and external antenna (if required) config-uration and environment. Optimum read range using the eGo® Plus Sticker Tag is 24.3 ft (7.4 m).Typical read range should be 12 to 17 ft (3.7 to 5.2 m).aa. Reading range depends on reader configuration, tag type, tag read mode, and operating environment.Hardware FeaturesIntegrated System RF module, tag decoder, power supply, I/O ports, and serial communications interface all housed in a single package.Case Weatherproof enclosure. The system is sealed in a tamper-proof, polycarbonate housing.Power RequirementsInput Voltage 16 to 20V AC, 47 to 63 Hz or16 to 28V DCPhysical AttributesSize 15.5 x 15.5 x 3.25 in (39.4 x 39.4 x 8.25 cm)Weight 9.5 lb (4.3 kg)
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideB-4Environmental ParametersOperating Temperature -40°F to +131°F (-40°C to +55°C)Humidity 100% noncondensingVibration Tolerance 0.5 Grms, 10 to 500 HzOptionsCommunications Interface RS–232 and Wiegand or RS–422 and WiegandCable Accessory Kits 58-1620-001: Connector with 5 ft (1.5 m) cable58-1620-002: Connector with 20 ft (6.1 m) cable58-1620-006: Connector with 35 ft (10.7 m) cable58-1620-007: Connector with 45 ft (13.7 m) cableWall Mount Bracket Allows adjustment in all planes when used to install the Encompass 4H Reader on a flat sur-face. Include the part number 54-1620-001 when ordering.Transformer A Class C transformer is available to allow 110V AC to 18V AC conversion. Include the part number 76-1620-005 when ordering.A Class C transformer (part number 76-1620-008) to allow 220V AC to 18V AC conversion is available by special request.
CWiring Tables
Wiring TablesC-3Appendix CWiring TablesThis appendix contains tables that show the wiring connections used to test and install the Encompass® 4 Reader. Communications InterfacesTable C-1 lists the interfaces available with the Encompass 4H Reader.Table C-1 Communications Interfaces and Conductor RequirementsInterface Number of ConductorsRS–232 3RS–232 with RTS and CTS hardware handshake signals 5RS–422 4Wiegand 3Figure C-1 shows the pin assignments for the RS–232 interface signal to the host male DB9 and DB25 connectors.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-4 Figure C-1 DB9 and DB25 Connector Pin Assignments for Signal to HostNote: In Figure C-1, supported pin assignments are boldface.Cable Supplied with the Encompass 4H Reader The Encompass 4H Reader is delivered with a multiwire cable (ordered as a separate accessory), which is a 13-pair pigtail. An alternate 15-pair pigtail may be substituted. The 13-pair pigtail is a colored-wire pair cable, with different colors denoting the indi-vidual pairs, one pair of which is red/black. The alternate 15-pair pigtail is a red/black-wire pair cable, with numbers on the pairs to denote the individual pairs. Two pairs of the 15-pair pigtail, numbers 14 and 15, are not used.The following tables show the colored-wire pair (13-pair) and alternate wire pair(15-pair) assignments for the various interfaces, power, and input/output connections.
Wiring TablesC-5RS–232 InterfaceTable C-2 shows the RS–232 assignments for colored-wire pair (13-pair) cable.Table C-2 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass4 Reader Colored-Wire Pair Cable Connect Wire to Host DB9 PinConnect Wire to Host DB25 PinWire Pair from Encompass 4H ReaderColor UsedTxD — Encompass4 Reader output Red/BlackBlack Pin 2 Pin 3 RxD — Encompass4 Reader inputRed Pin 3 Pin 2 Signal ground Yellow/Black Yellow or Black Pin 5 Pin 7Optional for hardware handshakingRTS — Encompass4 Reader output Yellow/RedYellow Pin 8 Pin 5CTS — Encompass4 Reader inputRed Pin 7 Pin 4Table C-3 shows the RS–232 assignments for alternate wire (15-pair) cable.Table C-3 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire Cable Signal from Encompass 4H Reader Alternate Wire Cable Connect Wire to Host DB9 PinConnect Wire to Host DB25 PinPairing ColorTxD — Encompass4 Reader output Pair 1Black Pin 2 Pin 3 RxD — Encompass4 Reader input Red Pin 3 Pin 2Signal ground Pair 5 Black or Red Pin 5 Pin 7
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-6RS–422 InterfaceTable C-4 Table C-4 RS–422 Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass4 Reader Colored-Wire Pair CableConnect to Signal from HostWire Pair from Encompass 4H Reader Color UsedRS–422 Transmit positive Yellow/Red Yellow Receive (+)RS–422 Transmit negative Red Receive (–)RS–422 Receive positive Red/Black Black Transmit (+)RS–422 Receive negative Red Transmit (–)Signal Ground Yellow/Black Yellow or Black Signal Groundshows the RS–422 assignments for colored-wire pair (13-pair) cable. Table C-5 Table C-5 RS–422 Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire CableSignal from Encompass4 Reader Alternate Wire Cable Connect to Signal from HostPairing ColorRS–422 Transmit positive Pair 11 Black Receive (+)RS–422 Transmit negative Red Receive (–)RS–422 Receive positive Pair 1 Black Transmit (+)RS–422 Receive negative Red Transmit (–)shows the RS–422 assignments for alternate wire (15-pair) cable.Optional for hardware handshakingRTS — Encompass4 Reader output Pair 11Black Pin 8 Pin 5CTS — Encompass4 Reader input Red Pin 7 Pin 4Table C-3 RS–232 Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire Cable (continued)
Wiring TablesC-7Wiegand InterfaceTable C-6 Table C-6 Wiegand Interface Signal Wiring for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass 4H Reader Colored-Wire Pair CableConnect to Signal from HostWire Pair from Encompass4 Reader Color UsedWiegand Zero Output Blue/Red Blue Data0Wiegand One Output Red Data1Signal Ground Yellow/Black Yellow or Black Groundshows the Wiegand assignments for colored-wire pair (13-pair) cable.Table C-7 shows the Wiegand assignments for alternate wire (15-pair) cable.Table C-7 Wiegand Interface Signal Wiring for Alternate Wire CableSignal from Encompass4 Reader Alternate Wire CablePairing ColorConnect to Signal from HostWiegand Zero output Pair 10 Black Data0Wiegand One output Red Data1Signal Ground Pair 5 Black or Red GroundPower Supply ConnectionsAC PowerTable C-8 shows the colored-wire pair (13-pair) assignments for connection to a low-voltage AC power supply. Table C-8 AC Transformer Connections for Colored-Wire Pair Cable Signal From Encompass4 Reader Colored-Wire Pair Cable Connect to Transformer Terminal StripWire Pair from Encompass4 Reader Color Used
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-8Main power inputBrown/Red and Orange/RedBrown/ Orange L116-20V ACMain power return Red/Red L216-20V ACTable C-8 AC Transformer Connections for Colored-Wire Pair Cable (continued)
Wiring TablesC-9Table C-9 shows the alternate wire (15-pair) assignments for connection to a low-volt-age AC power supply.Table C-9 AC Transformer Connections for Alternate Wire CableSignal from Encompass4 Reader Alternate Wire Cable Connect to Transformer Terminal StripPairing ColorMain power inputPair 12 and Pair 13Black/Black L116-20V ACMain power return Red/Red L216-20V ACLow-Voltage DC PowerTable C-10 shows the colored-wire pair (13-pair) assignments for connection to a low-voltage DC power supply. Table C-10 Low Voltage DC Cable Connections for Colored-Wire Pair CableSignal from Encompass4 Reader Colored-Wire Pair CableConnection UseWire Pair from Encompass 4H Reader Color UsedMain power input Brown/Red andOrange/RedBrown and Orange 16 to 28V DC + terminalMain power return Red and Red 16 to 28V DC – terminalTable C-11 shows the alternate wire (15-pair) assignments for connection to a low-voltage DC power supply.Table C-11 Low Voltage DC Cable Connections for Alternate Wire Cable Signal from Encompass 4H Reader Alternate Wire Cable Connection UsePairing ColorMain power input Pair 12 and Pair 13Black and Black 16 to 28V DC + terminalMain power return Red and Red 16 to 28V DC – terminal
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-10Input/Output Cabling AssignmentsTable C-12 shows the sense input/output assignments for colored-wire pair (13-pair) cable.Table C-12 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable Pair Pin Color Signal Description Typical FunctionBlue/Red EBlue WGND0 Wiegand data0 Parking/access control applicationsFRed WGND1 Wiegand data1 Parking/access control applicationsWhite/Red LWhite Lock Tag lock output, active-closed Testing maintenanceMRed Lock_RTN Tag lock return Testing maintenanceGreen/Red NGreen Sense Input0 Sense Input0 (loop), active-closedLoop and presence detectionPRed Sense Input0_RTN Sense Input0 return; not isolated from signal groundLoop and presence detectionBlue/Black RBlue Sense Input1 Sense Input1, active-closed General-purpose sense input, not used to detect presenceSBlack Sense Input1_RTN Sense Input1 return; not isolated from signal groundGeneral-purpose sense input, not used to detect presenceBrown/Black TBlack Sense Output0_COM Sense Output0 (tag detect), common terminalSwitched output to control gateUBrown Sense Output0_NO Sense Output0, normally open terminalSwitched output to control gateOrange/Black VBlack Sense Output0_COM Sense Output0 (tag detect output), common terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)
Wiring TablesC-11Orange/Black V** Black Sync_485_N RS–485 bus negative Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busWOrange Sense Output 0_NC Sense Output0, normally closed terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)Green/Black XBlack Sense Output1_ COM Sense Output1, common terminal Switched sense output YGreen Sense Output1_NO Sense Output1, normally open terminalSwitched sense output White/Black ZBlack Sense Output1_COM Sense Output1, common Switched sense output White/Black Z** Black Sync_485_P RS–485 bus positive Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busaWhite Sense Output1_NC Sense Output1, normally closed terminalSwitched sense output Yellow/Black bYellow GND logic ground Signal ground (used with RS–232 and Wiegand communications)cBlack GND logic ground Signal ground (used with RS–232 and Wiegand communications)**Use this synchronization pin designation if installing an Encompass 4H Reader that reads IAG protocol tags. The part numbers for these readers are as follows:10-4002-004; 10-4002-010; 10-4002-019; 10-4004-004; 10-4004-010; 10-4004-019;10-4012-004; 10-4012-010; 10-4012-019; 10-4014-004; 10-4014-010; 10-4014-019Table C-12 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable Pair Pin Color Signal Description Typical Function
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-12Table C-13 shows the sense input/output assignments for alternate wire (15-pair) cable.Table C-13 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments for Alternate Wire Cable Alternate Wire Cable Signal Description Typical FunctionPairing Pin ColorPair 10 EBlack WGND0 Wiegand data0 Parking/access control applicationsFRed WGND1 Wiegand data1 Parking/access control applicationsPair 8 LBlack Lock Tag lock sense output, active-closedTesting maintenanceMRed Lock_RTN Tag lock return Testing maintenancePair 9 NBlack Sense Input0 Sense Input0 (loop), active-closedLoop and presence detectionPRed Sense Input0_RTN Sense Input0 return; not isolated from signal groundLoop and presence detectionPair 4 RBlack Sense Input1 Sense Input1, active-closed General-purpose sense input, not used to detect presenceSRed Sense Input1_RTN Sense Input1 return; not isolated from signal groundGeneral-purpose sense input, not used to detect presencePair 6 TBlack Sense Output0_COM Sense Output0 (tag detect), common terminalSwitched sense output to control gateURed Sense Output0_NO Sense Output0, normally open terminalSwitched sense output to control gatePair 7 V Black Sense Output0_COM Sense Output0 (tag detect output), common terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)or V** Black Sync_485_N RS–485 bus negative Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization bus
Wiring TablesC-13WRed Sense Output0_NC Sense Output0, normally closed terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)Pair 3 XBlack Sense Output1_COM Sense Output1, common terminal Switched sense output YRed Sense Output1_NO Sense Output1, normally open terminalSwitched sense output Pair 2 ZBlack Sense Output1_COM Sense Output1, common terminal Switched sense output or Z** Black Sync_485_P RS–485 bus positive Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busaRed Sense Output1_NO Sense Output1, normally closed terminalSwitched sense outputPair 5 bBlack GND logic ground Signal ground (used with RS–232 and Wiegand communications) cRed GND logic ground Signal ground (used with RS–232 and Wiegand communications)**Use this synchronization pin designation if installing an Encompass 4H Reader that reads IAG protocol tags. The part numbers for these readers are as follows:10-4002-004; 10-4002-010; 10-4002-019; 10-4004-004; 10-4004-010; 10-4004-019;10-4012-004; 10-4012-010; 10-4012-019; 10-4014-004; 10-4014-010; 10-4014-019Table C-13 Sense Input/Output Cabling Assignments for Alternate Wire Cable Alternate Wire Signal Description Typical FunctionPairing Pin Color
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-14Summary TableTable C-14 shows all assignments for both colored-wire pair (13-pair) and alternate wire (15-pair) cables.Table C-14 All Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable or Alternate Wire Cable Colored-Wire Pair Cable Alternate Wire Cable Signal Description Typical FunctionPair Pin Color Pair ColorRed/BlackABlackPair 1Black TX232,RX422+, IF485-RS–232 transmit, RS–422 receive positive, RS-485 negativeEncompass 4H Reader output, host inputBRed Red RX232, RX422-, IF485+RS–232 receive, RS–422 receive negative, RS-485 positiveEncompass 4H Reader input, host outputYellow/RedCYellowPair 11Black RTS232, TX422 RS–232 request to send or RS–422 transmit positiveEncompass 4H Reader output, host input for hardware handshakingDRed Red CTS232, TX422 RS–232 clear to send or RS–422 transmit negativeEncompass 4H Reader input, host output for hardware handshakingBlue/RedEBluePair 10Black WGND0 Wiegand data0 Parking/access control applicationsFRed Red WGND1 Wiegand data1 Parking/access control applicationsOrange/RedGOrange Pair 13 Black 18V Main power inputHRed Red 18V_RTN Main power returnBrown/RedJBrown Pair 12 Black 18V Main power inputKRed Red 18V_RTN Main power returnWhite/RedLWhitePair 8Black Lock Tag lock sense output, active-closedTesting maintenanceMRed Red Lock_RTN Tag lock return Testing maintenance
Wiring TablesC-15Green/RedNGreenPair 9Black Sense Input0 Sense input0 (loop), active-closedLoop and presence detectPRed Red Sense Input0_RTN Sense input0 return; not isolated from signal groundLoop and presence detectBlue/BlackRBluePair 4Black Sense Input1 Sense input1, active-closed General-purpose sense input, not used to detect presence. SBlack Red Sense Input1_RTN Sense input1 return; not isolated from signal groundGeneral-purpose sense input, not used to detect presence. Brown/BlackTBlackPair 6Black Sense Output0_COM Sense output0 (tag detect), common terminalSwitched sense output to control gateUBrown Red Sense Output0_NO Sense output0, normally open terminalSwitched sense output to control gateOrange/BlackVBlackPair 7Black Sense Output0_COM Sense output0 (tag detect output), common terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)V** Black Black Sync_485_N RS–485 bus negative Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busWOrange Red Sense Output0_NC Sense output0, normally closed terminalSwitched sense output for any external control (light, gate, buzzer, etc.)Green/BlackXBlackPair 3Black Sense Output1_COM Sense output1, common terminal Switched sense output. YGreen Red Sense Output1_NO Sense output1, normally open terminalSwitched sense outputTable C-14 All Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable or Alternate Wire Cable (continued)Colored-Wire Pair Cable Alternate Wire Cable Signal Description Typical FunctionPair Pin Color Pair Color
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideC-16White/BlackZBlackPair 2Black Sense Output1_COM Sense output1, common terminal Switched sense output Z** Black Black Sync_485_P RS–485 bus positive Used to connect Encompass 4H Readers with IAG capability on a synchronization busaWhite Red Sense Output1_NC Sense output1, normally closed terminalSwitched sense outputYellow/BlackbYellowPair 5Black GND logic ground Signal ground (used with RS–232 and Wiegand communications)cBlack Red GND logic ground Signal ground (used with RS–232 and Wiegand communications)**Use this synchronization pin designation if installing an Encompass 4H Reader that reads IAG protocol tags. The part numbers for these readers are as follows:10-4002-004; 10-4002-010; 10-4002-019; 10-4004-004; 10-4004-010; 10-4004-019;10-4012-004; 10-4012-010; 10-4012-019; 10-4014-004; 10-4014-010; 10-4014-019Table C-14 All Cabling Assignments for Colored-Wire Pair Cable or Alternate Wire Cable (continued)Colored-Wire Pair Cable Alternate Wire Cable Signal Description Typical FunctionPair Pin Color Pair Color
DCommand Quick Reference
Command Quick ReferenceD-3Appendix DCommand Quick ReferenceThis appendix lists the default configuration settings for the Encompass® 4 Reader and its commands. Commands are listed both numerically and alphabetically.Command SyntaxThe command numbers consist of from 2 to 4 hex digits. The letters N or S may follow a command number. The letter N indicates that part of the command number is vari-able. The letter S indicates the requirement for an alphanumeric data string that is to be included immediately following the command number. Hex digits (0–9, A–F) in either uppercase or lowercase characters may be used in data strings and for hex digits A–F. For more information see Chapter 5, “General Software Information.Table D-1 lists factory default settings. Table D-2 on page D-5 lists, in numerical order, all of the commands available to users. Table D-3 on page D-17 lists the same commands by command name.Factory Default SettingsNote: Table D-1 lists the factory default settings for the Encompass 4H Reader.Table D-1 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings Parameter Setting CommandOperating mode Data 00Baud rate 9600 1005Stop bits 11010Parity None 1020Time and data appended Enabled 302Auxiliary information appended Disabled 310Disable EAC page append Disabled 320Unique ID code criteria Separation of 1 ID 4100Valid ID code criteria Acquisition of 1 ID 4200
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-4Uniqueness timeout 2 minutes 441Wiegand mode Disabled 450Tag translation mode Disabled 452Multi-tag sort Disabled 454eGo or eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sort Enabled 456Second alternate group select Disabled 458Wiegand transmit mode 1 second 4601Third alternate group select Disabled 490Fourth alternate group select Disabled 492Fifth alternate group select Disabled 494Alternate group select Disabled 496Reader ID number 00 6000Communications protocol Basic 610Error correcting protocol (ECP) timeout 12.7 sec 612FEFlow control Software (XON/XOFF) 6141Echo mode Enabled 6171Set output control Turn off both outputs 6200Sense output control Predefined 621RF-by-input control Enabled 641ATA operating range Maximum 6431FRF attenuation Full power 64409eGo or eGo Plus operating range Maximum 6451FSense output pulse duration 228 ms 67CSynchronization output delay time Disabled 64800Synchronization hold off time Disabled 64900Presence without tag reports Disabled 6900RF-off control Timeout or no presence 6922Table D-1 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings (continued)Parameter Setting Command
Command Quick ReferenceD-5Numerical Command ListThe following conventions are used in Table D-2: •Items in bold italics identify factory default settings.•Only the command-related data portion of the reader message is shown.Refer to Chapter 6, “Communications Protocols for the complete syntax of commands and messages. RF timeout Never true 693FInput inversion Disabled 6940Input status change reports Disabled 820Automatic periodic RF status report Disabled 830Table D-1 Encompass 4H Reader Default Configuration Settings (continued)Parameter Setting CommandTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically Number Command Name Reader Message00 Switch to data mode Done01 Switch to command mode Done1002 Set baud rate = 1200 baud Done1003 Set baud rate = 2400 baud Done1004 Set baud rate = 4800 baud Done1005 Set baud rate = 9600 baud Done1006 Set baud rate = 19.2 K baud Done1007 Set baud rate = 38.4 K baud Done1010 Use one stop bit Done1011 Use two stop bits Done1020 Disable parity Done1021 Select even parity Done1022 Select odd parity Done
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-620 Set time Done21 Set date Done22 Display time and date Time and date300 No time and date appended Done302 Time and date appended Done310 Disable aux info append Done 311 Enable aux info append Done 320 Disable EAC page append Done321 Enable EAC page append Done40 Transmit all IDs Done 4100 Select one ID separation Done4101 Select two ID separation Done4102 Select three ID separation Done4103 Select four ID separation Done4200 Select 1 valid ID code Done4201 Select 2 valid ID codes Done4202 Select 3 valid ID codes Done4203 Select 4 valid ID codes Done440 Reset uniqueness Done441 Set uniqueness timeout to 2 minutes Done442 Set uniqueness timeout to 15 seconds Done443 Set uniqueness timeout to 30 seconds Done450 Disable Wiegand mode Done451 Enable Wiegand mode Done 452 Disable translation mode Done454 Disable multi-tag sort DoneTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-7455 Enable multi-tag sort Done 456 Enable eGo or eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sortDone 457 Disable eGo or eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sort Done458 Disable second alternate group select Done459 Enable second alternate group select Done 46NN Set Wiegand retransmit intervalNN = 01 to FF seconds Done 4601 Set Wiegand retransmit interval to 1 second Done480 Disable ATA Done481 Enable ATA Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.482 Disable eGo Done483 Enable eGo Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.484 Disable SeGo Done485 Enable SeGo Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.486 Disable IAG Done487 Enable IAG Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.488 Disable eATA Done489 Enable eATA Done490 Disable third alternate group select DoneTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-8491 Enable third alternate group select Done 492 Disable fourth alternate group select Done493 Enable fourth alternate group select Done 494 Disable fifth alternate group select Done495 Enable fifth alternate group select Done 496 Disable alternate group select Done497 Enable alternate group select Done505 Display version Model [model] Ver [version no.] SN [serial no.]506 Display hardware configuration information S...S S...S = ASCII string(maximum length of 20 characters)510 Display RF transceiver FPGA version RF FPGA VER = XX.XX511 Display RF transceiver I filter chip version FIL IC I VER = XX.XX512 Display RF transceiver Q filter chip version FIL IC Q VER = XX.XX513 Display DSP board Actel version DSP FPGA VER = XX.XX520 Display power fail bit PWRB Px R0 P0 = no power fail has occurredP1 = power fail has occurredR0 = not applicable521 Display reader ID number RDID xx xx = 00–FFTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-9522 Display comm port parameters MAIN Bx Sx Px D0 B2 = 1200B3 = 2400B4 = 4800B5 = 9600B6 = 19.2B7 = 38.4S0 = one stop bitS1 = two stop bitsP0 = no parityP1 = evenP2 = oddD0 = EOL delay of 0 ms524 Display appended info status IDAP T1 D1 X0 T0 = time not appendedT1 = time appendedD0 = date not appendedD1 = date appendedX0 = aux info not appendedX1 = aux info appended525 Display comm protocol ECPS Px Txx Xx S0 P0 = basicP1 = ECPP2 = echo InquiryTxx = ECP timeoutms = 50 * xxFF = disabled ECP timeoutX0 = no flow controlX1 = software flow controlX2 = hardware flow controlS0 = som character is #Table D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-10526 Display I/O status IOST Cx Ox Ix DxC0 = host controls outputsC1 = predefined output modeO0 = both outputs offO1 = output0 onO2 = output1 onO3 = both outputs onI0 = both inputs falseI1 = input0 trueI2 = input1 trueI3 = both inputs trueD0 to DF = output pulse durationwhereD0 = 4 msD1 = 8 msD2 = 12 msD3 = 16 msD4 = 20 msD5 = 24 msD6 = 32 msD7 = 40 msD8 = 48 msD9 = 60 msDA = 76 msDB = 152 msDC = 228 msDD = 300 msDE = 376 msDF = 752 ms527 Display RF status RFST Cx Ox Tx Fxxx Rxx Gxx Axx IxxC0 = RF controlled by hostC1 = RF-by-presence sensorO0 = RF offO1 = RF onT1 = uniqueness timeout of 2 minT2 = uniqueness timeout of 15 secT3 = uniqueness timeout of 30 secFxxx = not applicableRxx = Tag decoder range (distance) for ATA tags, 00 to 1F hexadecimal range valueGxx = Tag decoder range (distance) for eGo Plus Tags, 00 to 1F hexadecimal range valueAxx = RF power attenuation, 09 max to 0F min (6 dB less than max)Ixx = IAG RF power attenuation, 09 max to 0F min (6 dB less than max)Table D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-11529 Display presence input status PRST Px D0 Ax Tx IxP0 = disable presence w/o tag reportsP1 = enable presence w/o tag reportsD0 = min presence true period of 0 msA0 = RF off on timeoutA1 = RF off on timeout or tagA2 = RF off on timeout or no presenceT0: RF timeout of 0 ms (always expired)T1: RF timeout of 4 msT2: RF timeout of 8 msT3: RF timeout of 12 msT4: RF timeout of 20 msT5: RF timeout of 24 msT6: RF timeout of 32 msT7: RF timeout of 48 msT8: RF timeout of 60 msT9: RF timeout of 92 msTA: RF timeout of 152 msTB: RF timeout of 300 msTC: RF timeout of 452 msTD: RF timeout of 600 msTE: RF timeout of 752 msTF: RF timeout infinite, never expires (factory default)I0 = Input inversion disabled (factory default)I1 = Input inversion enabled530 Display RF0 filter status RF0S Ux Vx U0 = one ID separationU1 = two ID separationsU2 = three ID separationsU3 = four ID separationsU4 = transmit all IDsV0 = valid ID code criteria of one acquisition (fixed)V1 = valid ID code criteria of two acquisitionsV2 = valid ID code criteria of three acquisitionsV3 = valid ID code criteria of four acquisitions532 Display Wiegand mode status T0F x0 = disabled1 = enabled533 Display Wiegand retransmit interval WTI xx xx = 01–FF secondsTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-12534 Display tag translation mode status TT <0 to 1>0 = tag translation mode disabled1 = tag translation mode enabled537 Display echo status ECHO x0 = disabled1 = enabled540 Display flash checksum PCKS I0000 Exxxxxxxx = 4-byte ASCII checksum543 Display boot checksum BCKS xxxx xxxx = 4-byte ASCII checksum549 Display user-programmable group select equals (GSE) filter dataThe response data is formatted similar to the data in the config-uration command.560 Display input status change SSTC Ex Mx E0 = status change reports disabledE1 = status change reports enabledM0 = no reportingM1 = report change on input0M2 = report change on input1M3 = report change on either input570 Display tag protocols ATA:<E, D> eGo:<I, F, D> SeGo:<I, F, D> IAG:<E, D> Sort:<E, D>I = ID (64 bits)E = EnabledF = Full transaction (eATA)D = Disabled577 Report buffered handshakes XX = number of handshakes582 Display synchronization valuesSYNC T<00 to FF> H<00 to 0A>60NN Set reader ID number NN = 00 to FF Done6000 Set reader ID number to 00 Done610 Select basic protocol Done 611 Select ECP protocol Done Table D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-13612NN Set ECP timeoutNN = 01–FE (1–255)timeout = 50 ms * NN(if NN = FF, timeout is disabled)Done 612FE Set ECP timeout = 12.7 sec Done 613 Enable data inquiry protocol Done6140 Disable flow control Done6141 Enable software flow control Done6142 Enable hardware flow control Done6170 Disable echo Done6171 Enable echo Done 6200 Turn both outputs off Done6201 Turn output0 on Done6202 Turn output1 on Done6203 Turn both outputs on Done621 Select predefined output mode Done63 Reset reader Model [model] Ver [version no.] SN [serial no.]Copyright [date]TransCore 6400 Turn off RF Done6401 Turn on RF Done641 Select RF-by-input control Done643NN Set ATA operating rangeNN = 00 (shortest) to 1F (longest) Done6431F Set ATA operating range to longest range Done644NN Set RF attenuation NN = 09 to 0F Done64409 Set RF attenuation to 0 dB (full power) Done645NN Set eGo or eGo Plus operating range NN = 00 (shortest) to1F (longest)DoneTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-146451F Set eGo or eGo Plus operating range to longest range Done646XX Set IAG RF attenuationXX = 09 to 0F Done648NN Set synchronization output delay time NN = 01 to FF, where 01 = 1 ms and FF = 255 ms.Done64800 Disable synchronization output delay Done649NN Set synchronization hold-off time NN = 01 to 0A, where 01 = 1 ms and 0A = 10 ms.Done64900 Disable synchronization hold off time Done65 Reset power fail bit Done66F Load default operating parameters (except RF operating frequency)Done 67NSet output pulse duration N = 0 to F(4,8,12,16,20,24,32,40,48,60,76,152, 228,300,376,752 ms)Done 67C Output pulse duration set to 228 ms Done 6900 Disable presence without tag reports Done6901 Enable presence without tag reports Done6920 Turn RF off on timeout Done6921 Turn RF off on timeout/tag Done6922 Turn RF off ontimeout/no presence Done693N Set RF timeout N = 0–F(always expired, 4,8,12,20,24,32,48,60,92,152, 300,452,600,752, infinite)Done 693F Set RF timeout to infinite Done6940 Disable input inversion DoneTable D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-156941 Enable input inversion Done695S...S Set serial numberS...S = ASCII string(maximum length of 6characters)Done696S...S Store hardwareconfiguration stringS...S = ASCII string(maximum length of 20characters)Done697 Set user-programmable group select equals (GSE) filter697 MM AA DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDwhereMM = determines which of the eight comparison data bytes are to be compared for the Group Select filterAA = determines the start ad-dress in the tag memory for the comparison dataD...D = 8-byte field (16 charac-ters) used by the tag as the com-parison data for the group select filterDone820 Disable input status changereports Done821 Report change on input0 Done822 Report change on input1 Done823 Report changes on both Done830 Disable automatic periodic RF status report Done831 Enable automatic periodic RF status report Done Table D-2 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Numerically (continued)Number Command Name Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-16Alphabetical Command ListThe following conventions are used in Table D-3:•Items in bold italics identify factory default settings.•Only the command-related data portion of the reader message is shown.Refer to Chapter 7, “Commands for the complete syntax of commands and messages.Table D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically Command Name Code Reader MessageAll IDs transmit 40 DoneAlternate fifth group select disable 494 DoneAlternate fifth group select enable 495 Done Alternate fourth group select disable 492 DoneAlternate fourth group select enable 493 Done Alternate group select disable 496 Done Alternate group select enable 497 Done Alternate second group select disable 458 DoneAlternate second group select enable 459 Done Alternate third group select disable 490 DoneAlternate third group select enable 491 Done Appended info status display 524 IDAP T1 D1 X0 T0 = time not appendedT1 = time appendedD0 = date not appendedD1 = date appendedX0 = aux info not appendedX1 = aux info appended ATA disable 480 DoneATA enable 481 Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.
Command Quick ReferenceD-17ATA operating range setNN = 00 (shortest) to 1F (longest) 643NN DoneATA operating range set to longest range 6431F DoneAutomatic periodic RF status report disable 830 DoneAutomatic periodic RF status report enable 831 DoneAux info append disable 310 Done Aux info append enable 311 Done Basic protocol select 610 Done Baud rate = 1200 baud set 1002 Done Baud rate = 19.2 K baud set 1006 Done Baud rate = 2400 baud set 1003 Done Baud rate = 38.4 K baud set 1007 Done Baud rate = 4800 baud set 1004 Done Baud rate = 9600 baud set 1005 Done Boot checksum display 543 BCKS xxxx xxxx = 4-byte ASCII checksumBuffered handshake report 577 XX = number of handshakesComm port parameters display 522 MAIN Bx Sx Px D0 B0 = 110B1 = 300B2 = 1200B3 = 2400B4 = 4800B5 = 9600B6 = 19.2B7 = 38.4S0 = one stop bitS1 = two stop bitsP0 = no parityP1 = evenP2 = oddD0 = EOL delay of 0 msTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-18Comm protocol display 525 ECPS Px Txx Xx S0 P0 = basicP1 = ECPP2 = data inquiryTxx = ECP timeoutms = 50 * xxTFF = disabled ECP timeoutX0 = no flow controlX1 = software flow controlX2 = hardware flow controlS0 = SOM character is #Command mode switch 01 DoneData inquiry protocol enable 613 DoneData mode switch 00 DoneDate set 21 DoneDefault operating parameters load (except RF operating frequency)66F Done Disable EAC page append 320 DoneDSP board Actel version display 513 DSP FPGA VER = XX.XXeATA disable 488 DoneeATA enable 489 Done.Echo disable 6170 DoneEcho enable 6171 Done Echo status display 537 ECHO x0 = disabled1 = enabledECP protocol select 611 Done ECP timeout setNN = 01–FE (1–255)timeout = 50 ms * NN(if NN = FF, timeout is disabled)612NN Done ECP timeout set to 12.7 sec 612FE Done eGo disable 482 DoneeGo enable 483 Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.Table D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-19eGo Plus operating range setNN = 00 (shortest) to 1F (longest) 645NN DoneeGo or eGo Plus operating range set to longest range 6451F DoneeGo or eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sort456 Done eGo or eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sort disable 457 Done Enable EAC page append 321 DoneEven parity select 1021 DoneFlash checksum display 540 PCKS I0000 Exxxxxxxx = 4-byte ASCII checksumFlow control disable 6140 DoneHardware configuration information display 506 S...S S...S = ASCII string(maximum length of 20 characters)Hardware configuration string storeS...S = ASCII string(maximum length of 20 characters)696S...S DoneHardware flow control enable 6142 DoneTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-20I/O status display 526 IOST Cx Ox Ix DxC0 = host controls outputsC1 = predefined output modeO0 = both outputs offO1 = output0 onO2 = output1 onO3 = both outputs onI0 = both inputs falseI1 = input0 trueI2 = input1 trueI3 = both inputs trueD0 - DF = output pulse durationwhereD0 = 4 msD1 = 8 msD2 = 12 msD3 = 16 msD4 = 20 msD5 = 24 msD6 = 32 msD7 = 40 msD8 = 48 msD9 = 60 msDA = 76 msDB = 152 msDC = 228 msDD = 300 msDE = 376 msDF = 752 msIAG disable 486 DoneIAG enable 487 Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.IAG RF attenuation setXX = 09 to 0F 646XX DoneInput inversion disable 6940 DoneInput inversion enable 6941 DoneInput status change display 560 SSTC Ex Mx E0 = status change reports disabledE1 = status change reports enabledM0 = no reportingM1 = report change on input0M2 = report change on input1M3 = report change on either inputTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-21Input0 change report 821 DoneInput1 change report 822 DoneInput status change reports disable 820 DoneMulti-tag sort disable 454 DoneMulti-tag sort enable 455 Done Odd parity select 1022 DoneTag protocols display 570 ATA:<E, D> eGo:<I, F, D> SeGo:<I, F, D> IAG:<E, D> Sort:<E, D>I = ID (64 bits)E = EnabledF = Full transaction (eATA)D = DisabledOutput pulse duration setN = 0–F(4,8,12,16,20,24,32,40,48,60,76,152, 228,300,376,752 ms)67N Done Output pulse duration set to 228 ms 67C DoneOutput0 turn on 6201 DoneOutput1 turn on 6202 DoneOutputs turn off both 6200 DoneOutputs turn on both 6203 DoneParity disable 1020 DonePower fail bit display 520 PWRB Px R0 P0 = no power fail has occurredP1 = power fail has occurredR0 = not applicablePower fail bit reset 65 DonePredefined output mode select 621 DoneTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-22Presence input status display 529 PRST Px D0 Ax Tx IxP0 = disable presence w/o tag reportsP1 = enable presence w/o tag reportsD0 = min presence true period of 0 msA0 = RF off on timeoutA1 = RF off on timeout or tagA2 = RF off on timeout or no presenceT0: RF timeout of 0 ms (always expired)T1: RF timeout of 4 msT2: RF timeout of 8 msT3: RF timeout of 12 msT4: RF timeout of 20 msT5: RF timeout of 24 msT6: RF timeout of 32 msT7: RF timeout of 48 msT8: RF timeout of 60 msT9: RF timeout of 92 msTA: RF timeout of 152 msTB: RF timeout of 300 msTC: RF timeout of 452 msTD: RF timeout of 600 msTE: RF timeout of 752 msTF: RF timeout infinite, never expires (factory default)I0 = Input inversion disabled (factory default)I1 = Input inversion enabledPresence without tag reports disable 6900 DonePresence without tag reports enable 6901 DoneReader ID number display 521 RDID xx xx = 00–FFReader ID number setNN = 00 to FF 60NN DoneReader ID number set to 00 6000 DoneReader reset 63 Model [model] Ver [version no.] SN [serial no.]Copyright [date]TransCore Report changes both 823 DoneRF attenuation set NN = 09 to 0F 644NN Done Table D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-23Set RF attenuation to 0 dB (full power) 64409 DoneRF off on timeout 6920 DoneRF off on timeout/no presence 6922 DoneRF off on timeout/tag 6921 DoneRF turn off 6400 DoneRF turn on 6401 DoneRF on by input control 641 DoneRF status display 527 RFST Cx Ox Tx Fxxx Rxx Gxx Axx IxxC0 = RF controlled by hostC1 = RF-by-presence sensorO0 = RF offO1 = RF onT1 = uniqueness timeout of 2 minT2 = uniqueness timeout of 15 secT3 = uniqueness timeout of 30 secFxxx = not applicableRxx = Tag decoder range (distance) for ATA tags, 00 to 1F hexadecimal range valueGxx = Tag decoder range (distance) for eGo Plus Tags, 00 to 1F hexadecimal range valueAxx = RF power attenuation, 09 max to 0F min (6 dB less than max)Ixx = IAG RF power attenuation, 09 max to 0F min (6 dB less than max).RF timeout set N = 0 to F(always expired, 4,8,12,20,24,32, 48,60,92,152,300,452,600,752 ms, infinite)693N Done RF timeout set to infinite 693F DoneRF transceiver FPGA version display 510 RF FPGA VER = XX.XXRF transceiver I filter chip version display 511 FIL IC I VER = XX.XXTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-24RF transceiver Q filter chip version display 512 FIL IC Q VER = XX.XXRF0 filter status display 530 RF0S Ux Vx U0 = one ID separationU1 = two ID separationsU2 = three ID separationsU3 = four ID separationsU4 = transmit all IDsV0 = valid ID code criteria of one acquisition (fixed)V1 = valid ID code criteria of two acquisitionsV2 = valid ID code criteria of three acquisitionsV3 = valid ID code criteria of four acquisitionsSeGo disable 484 DoneSeGo enable 485 Done if Encompass 4H Reader model supports this tag protocol. Error if tag protocol is unsupported.Serial number setS...S = ASCII string(maximum length of 6 characters)695S...S DoneSoftware flow control enable 6141 DoneStop bit use one 1010 DoneStop bit use two 1011 DoneSynchronization hold off time disable 64900 DoneSynchronization hold-off time set NN = 01 to 0A, where 01 = 1 ms and 0A = 10 ms.649NN DoneSynchronization output delay time disable 64800 DoneSynchronization output delay time set NN = 01 to FF, where 01 = 1 ms and FF = 255 ms.648NN DoneSynchronization values display 582SYNC T<00 to FF> H<00 to 0A>Tag ID separation select four 4103 DoneTag ID separation select one 4100 DoneTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-25Tag ID separation select three 4102 DoneTag ID separation select two 4101 DoneTag translation mode status display 534 TT <0 to 1>0 = tag translation mode disabled1 = tag translation mode enabledTime and date appended 302 DoneTime and date display 22 Time and dateTime and date not appended 300 DoneTime set 20 DoneTranslation mode disabled 452 DoneUniqueness reset 440 DoneUniqueness timeout set to 2 minutes 441 DoneUniqueness timeout set to 15 seconds 442 DoneUniqueness timeout set to 30 seconds 443 DoneUser-programmable group select equals (GSE) filter data display 549 The response data is formatted similar to the data in the configuration command.User-programmable group se-lect equals (GSE) filter set697 MM AA DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDwhereMM = determines which of the eight comparison data bytes are to be compared for the Group Select filterAA = determines the start ad-dress in the tag memory for the comparison dataD...D = 8-byte field (16 charac-ters) used by the tag as the com-parison data for the group select filter697 DoneValid ID code select four 4203 DoneTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-26Valid ID code select one 4200 DoneValid ID code select three 4202 DoneValid ID code select two 4201 DoneVersion display 505 Model [model] Ver [ver no.] SN [serial no.]Wiegand mode disable 450 DoneWiegand mode enable 451 DoneWiegand mode status display 532 T0F x0 = disabled1 = enabledWiegand retransmit interval display 533 WTI xx xx = 01–FF secondsWiegand retransmit interval setNN = 01 to FF seconds 46NN Done Wiegand retransmit interval set to 1 second 4601 DoneTable D-3 Encompass 4H Reader Commands Listed Alphabetically (continued)Command Name Code Reader Message
Command Quick ReferenceD-27
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideD-28
ECompatible Tag Information
Compatible Tag InformationE-3Appendix ECompatible Tag InformationThis appendix gives helpful information about the tags that are compatible with the Encompass® 4 Reader.Tag ConfigurationsTable E-1 lists the TransCore Super eGo® (SeGo) protocol tags that are compatible with the Encompass 4 Reader.Table E-1 SeGo Protocol TagsTag Tag Type Power SourceNumber of 6-bit ASCII CharactersaNumber of 128-Bit FramesaNumber of Wiegand BitsSpecial FeatureseGo Plus Sticker TagToll, electronic vehicle registration (EVR), parking, security accessBeam20 1NA Very thin, flexible, multi-layer lamination10 1/2 26 to 54eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag20 1NA Very thin, flexible, multi-layer lamination, tamper detection10 1/2 26 to 54eGo Plus License Plate Tag20 1NA Water-resistant, exterior-mounted10 1/2 26 to 54a. These fields apply to eATA-programmed tags only. Contact TransCore for information regarding tags programmed with these features.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideE-4Table E-2 lists the Intellitag-programmed tags that are compatible with the Encompass 4 Reader.Table E-3 lists most ATA tag models that are compatible with the Encompass 4 Reader. Table E-2 eGo Protocol TagsTag Tag Type Power SourceNumber of 6-bit ASCII CharactersNumber of 128-Bit FramesNumber of Wiegand BitsSpecial FeaturesWindshield Sticker Tag Toll, EVR, parking, security access Beam20 1NA Very thin, flexible, multi-layer lamination10 1/2 26 to 54License Plate Tag20 1NA Water-resistant, exterior-mounted10 1/2 26 to 54Table E-3 ATA Protocol Tags Tag Model Number TagType Power SourceNumber of 6-Bit ASCIICharactersNumber of 128-Bit FramesNumber of Wiegand Bits Special FeaturesAT5100 Toll Beam 20 1N/A 915 MHz, thin case, non-metal window installAT5102 Access control Beam 10 1/2 26 to 54 915 MHz, thin case, non-metal window installAT5105 Access control 5-yr battery 10 1/2 26 to 54 Multifrequency, thin case, non-metal window installAT5106 Access control 10-yr battery 10 1/2 26 to 54 Multifrequency, sealed case, non-metal window install or non-metal external installAT5107 Access control 10-yr battery 10 1/2 26 to 54 Multifrequency, sealed case, metal external install
Compatible Tag InformationE-5AT5110 Trans-portation Beam 20 1N/A 915 MHz frequency, metal external installAT5112 Access control, transpor-tationBeam 10 1/2 26 to 54 915 MHz frequency, metal external installAT5114 Access control, transpor-tation10-yr battery 10 1/2 26 to 54 Multifrequency, metal external installAT5125 Trans-portation Beam 20 1N/A 915 MHz frequency; high-temperature chemical-resistant case, metal external installAT5140 Toll 10-yr battery 20 1N/A 915 MHz frequency, license plate installAT5145 Toll Beam 20 1N/A 915 MHz frequency, license plate installAT5146 Access control Beam 10 1/2 26 to 54 915 MHz, license plate installAT5147 Access control 10-yr battery 10 1/2 26 to 54 915 MHz, license plate installAT5510 Trans-portation 10-yr battery 20 1N/A Multifrequency, metal external installAT5544 Toll 10-yr battery 20 1N/A Multifrequency, sealed case, non-metal window or external installTable E-3 ATA Protocol Tags (continued)Tag Model Number TagType Power SourceNumber of 6-Bit ASCIICharactersNumber of 128-Bit FramesNumber of Wiegand Bits Special Features
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideE-6a. If desired, in place of 40 six-bit ASCII characters, the AT5707 can support up to 34 seven-bit ASCII characters.Tag Data FormatsTags are programmed at the TransCore factory with the tag model number, date of manufacture, and data format. Contact TransCore for special order entry procedures for the format that applies to your system. The following four tag data formats can be used: •10-character alphanumeric ASCII — Four alphanumeric characters are fixed and can be used to identify either the dealer or the user. The remaining six positions are numeric and should be unique for each tag issued. For example, the entry ACME000001 might be specified as the first tag on the order entry form from ACME Parking Garage.•20-character alphanumeric ASCII — Four alphanumeric characters are typically fixed and the remaining 16 positions are numbered sequentially.•Wiegand — Tags can be programmed in Wiegand formats with 26 to 54 bits. If you choose this format, complete a Wiegand format worksheet — attached to the order entry form — indicating the data to be programmed into the tags.Note: Security access control tag models can be Wiegand-formatted. SeeTable E-1 through Table E-3 for Wiegand-compatible tag models.AT5545 Toll 10-yr battery 20 1N/A Multifrequency, sealed case, metal external installAT5547 Toll 5-yr battery 20 1N/A Multifrequency, thin case, non-metal window installAT5704 Trans-portation External 4608 256 N/A Multifrequency, dynamic tag, metal external installAT5707 Trans-portation 8-yr battery 40a2N/A 915 MHz frequency, dynamic tag, metal external installTable E-3 ATA Protocol Tags (continued)Tag Model Number TagType Power SourceNumber of 6-Bit ASCIICharactersNumber of 128-Bit FramesNumber of Wiegand Bits Special Features
Compatible Tag InformationE-7•AAR/ISO — For requirements for this format, refer to ISO 10374 and the most recent version of Association of American Railroads Standard for Automatic Equipment Identification.
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideE-8
I-1AAC power 4-5ACK/NAK response 6-6alignmentreader and tag 2-4American Trucking Associations 1-3ANS NCITS 256-2001 3-3antenna interface 2-18anti-pass back 7-11appendauxiliary information 7-9append information commands 7-8–7-10appended informationstatus 7-20appended tag data 8-13ASCII terminals 7-3assignmentscolored-wire pair for RS–232 4-9, 4-22pin 4-7, 4-21asynchronous message/command message collision 6-14ATA 1-3, 3-3operating range 7-34audible circuit tester 4-5audience, system guide 1-3automatic periodic RF status report 7-43auxiliary information 7-9auxiliary reader control commands 7-43–7-44Bbasic protocol 7-30baud rate 7-6blind rivet installation 3-26boot checksum 7-28boot failure message 5-6bracketfactory-mounted 4-13pole mount 4-13wall mount 4-16buffertag/message 5-7buffered handshakes 7-29bumper types 3-25buzz boxSee audible circuit testerCcablelength 2-15power and communications 2-13power extension 2-14cable length 2-13cabling accessory kits 2-13center island 2-10Chapter 4, ”Installing the Encompass 4H Reader” 2-13COM 1 properties dialog box 8-7command entry conventions 5-3Command Group 0See reader mode control commandsCommand Group 1See communication port control commandsCommand Group 2See real-time clock commandsCommand Group 3See append information commandsCommand Group 4See ID filtering commandsCommand Group 5See reader status commandsCommand Group 6See reader control function commandsCommand Group 8See auxiliary reader control commandscommand mode 7-4, 7-5host transmission formats 6-8sample messages 6-9switch to 6-7command response conventions 5-4commands, list of 7-5–7-44communication protocols 6-3communicationsverifying 8-8communications interfaces 2-15RS–232 2-17Wiegand 2-17communications port control commands 7-6–7-7communications port parameters 7-19communications protocol 8-18status 7-20, 7-21communications protocolsbasic protocol 6-4basic protocol command response 6-9basic protocol reader transmission 6-5ECP host response 6-5error correcting protocol 6-4error correcting protocol format 6-5communications requirements 2-13communications cableshostconfiguration label 8-3configuration labeling 8-3configuringappended tag data 8-13communications protocol 8-18ID separation 8-13parameters 8-12–8-18port communication parameters 8-17reports 8-13reset reader 8-14RF transmission 8-15continuous 8-16
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideI-2host controlling 8-16vehicle detector controlling 8-15sense inputs 8-16sense output devices 8-16serial port communications 8-17configuring the Encompass 4 Reader 8-3–8-20connectingAC power 4-5colored-wire pair cable 4-9, 4-22colored-wire pair cable for RS–422 4-23colored-wire pair cable for Wiegand 4-24communications 4-20bench testing 4-6required materials 4-7, 4-21DC power 4-6Encompass 4 Reader to the PC 4-21power supply 4-19reader to PC 4-21RS–232 interface 4-7, 4-21RS–422 interface 4-10, 4-23sense input circuits 4-25sense output circuits 4-27Wiegand interface 4-24connecting sense input 4-25connecting sense output 4-25connection description dialog box 8-6conventionstypographical 1-5CRCSee cyclic redundancy checkCRC calculation 6-14–6-17current, standby operating 2-14current, worst case maximum 2-14cyclic redundancy check 6-4Ddata inquiry protocol 7-31data mode 7-3, 7-5dateset 7-8DB25 connector 4-7, 4-21DB9 connector 4-7, 4-21DC power supply 4-6default operating parameters 7-37default parameters 8-4disableATA 7-15automatic periodic RF status report 7-43eATA 7-16echo mode 7-32eGo 7-15eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sort 7-14eGo tag initialization 7-14fifth alternate group select 7-17fifth alternative group select 7-17fourth alternate group select 7-16IAG 7-16multi-tag sort 7-14second alternate group select 7-15SeGo 7-16tag translation mode 7-13third alternate group select 7-16Wiegand mode 7-13displayappended information status 7-20boot checksum 7-28communications port parameters 7-19communications protocol status 7-20, 7-21DSP board Actel version 7-18echo status 7-27flash checksum 7-28hardware configuration information 7-18input status change report options 7-28operating mode status 7-29power fail bit 7-18presence input status 7-24reader ID number 7-19RF status 7-23RF transceiver FPGA version 7-18RF transceiver I filter chip version 7-18RF transceiver Q filter chip version 7-18RF0 filter status 7-26software version 7-18Wiegand mode status 7-27Wiegand retransmit interval 7-27display tag translation mode status 7-27display time and date 7-8download mode 7-4dry contact closure 2-18DSP board Actel version 7-18dual-protocol 1-3Eecho mode 7-32echo status 7-27ECPreliability 6-14timeout 6-11See also error correcting protocoleGo License Plate Tag 3-7eGo Plus License Plate Tag 3-5eGo Plus LPT installation procedures 3-13eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag 3-5eGo Plus Sticker Tag 1-5, 3-4eGo Plus Tag 3-3eGo Windshield Sticker Tag 3-6eGo/eGo Plusoperating range 7-35electrical requirements 2-13current
3I-power cablesenableATA 7-15automatic periodic RF status report 7-43data inquiry protocol 7-31eATA 7-16echo mode 7-32eGo 7-15eGo Plus Tag initialization during multi-tag sort 7-14eGo Tag initialization 7-14fifth alternate group select 7-17fifth alternative group select 7-17fourth alternate group select 7-17IAG 7-16multi-tag sort 7-14second alternate group select 7-15SeGo 7-16tag translation mode 7-14third alternate group select 7-16Wiegand mode 7-13Encompass 4 1-3Encompass 4 Readerback of 4-13description 1-6end-of-line delay 7-6error correcting protocol 7-30See also ECPerror correcting protocol formatreader transmissions 6-5error correcting protocol timeout 7-30error messages 9-3error transaction 6-14Ffailure conditionshost addressed 6-13reader addressed 6-12failure conditions, host-addressedasynchronous message/command message collision 6-14illegal or wrong sequence number 6-13receive timeout 6-14transmission timeout 6-13failure conditions, reader addressedasynchronous message/command message collision 6-13illegal command 6-13illegal sequence number 6-12receive timeout 6-13transmission timeout 6-13wrong sequence number 6-12flash checksum 7-28flow control option 7-31Ggate 2-10Hhardware configuration information 7-18hardware configuration string 7-41Hyper Terminal 4-7, 4-21Hyper Terminal main screen 8-8IIAG 1-3, 3-3IAG RF attenuation 7-35ID filtering commands 7-11–7-17ID separation 8-13illegal sequence number 6-13input inversion option 7-40input status 7-23input status change report options 7-43input/output circuits 2-18input/output module 1-6installation proceduresblind rivets 3-26eGo Plus LPT 3-13eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag 3-11eGo Plus Sticker Tag 3-9eGo Windshield Sticker Tag 3-17installing reader 4-3–4-20additional testing materials 4-4on a round pole 4-12procedures 4-12on wall or ceiling 4-16procedures 4-16optional accessories 4-4required materials 4-3wall or ceiling 4-16installing tagsalternate mounting locations 3-25installation procedures 3-26eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag 3-11eGo Plus Sticker Tag 3-7eGo Windshield Sticker Tag 3-15license plate-mount tag 3-21Intellitag 1-3Inter-Agency Group 1-3, 3-3International Organization for Standardization 1-3ISO 1-3, 3-3IT2000 3-3Jjunction box 2-13Llane configuration 2-9, 2-12center island 2-10overhead 2-11parking garage with ticket island 2-11large truck, no inside mirror 3-9line of sight 2-6
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideI-4load default operating parameters 7-37Mmarketing support 9-7metallized coating 2-8, 3-8, 3-15metallized coating on windshield 3-13, 3-21mirror post, attached to headliner 3-17mirror post, high 3-8, 3-16mirror post, low 3-8, 3-16mixed population tags 2-3mounting reader 4-12multiple reader sites 2-9NNEMA 2-13Ooperating mode status 7-29operating modescommand mode 7-4data mode 7-3download mode 7-4organization, system guide 1-3output control 7-32output control, predefined 7-33output pulse duration 7-37output status 7-22, 7-23Pparametersconfiguring 8-12default operating 8-4operating 5-5parity 7-6, 7-7patch antenna 1-6periodic RF status report 7-43phone number dialog box 8-7pin assignments, signal to host 4-7, 4-21polarization 2-5See also alignmentport configuration parameters 8-17power cables 2-13power fail bit 7-18, 7-37power failure flag 5-5power supply 1-6presence input status 7-24presence without tag report option 7-38Procomm Plus 4-7, 4-21program download 5-5considerations 5-5procedures 5-6purpose, system guide 1-3Rread zone 2-9, 4-30fine-tuning 8-19adjusting sensitivity range 8-20lowering output power 8-19physically adjust reader 8-19marking 4-30sample 4-32readerconfiguring 8-3description 1-6how it works 1-6installingon a round polerequired materials 4-12on wall or ceilingrequired materials 4-16operating modes 7-3repair 9-6specifications B-3reader cable grounding 4-20reader control function commands 7-30–7-42reader ID number 7-19, 7-30reader logic board 1-6reader mode control commands 7-5reader status commands 7-18–7-29real-time clock commands 7-7–7-8receive timeout 6-14removing eGo Plus Security Sticker Tag 3-12removing tagseGo Plus Sticker Tag 3-10eGo Windshield Sticker Tag 3-18exterior 3-26reportbuffered handshakes 7-29reports 8-13resetpower fail bit 7-37reader 7-33uniqueness 7-12reset reader 8-14RFattenuation 7-34control 7-33control algorithm 7-39signalsexisting interference with 2-13reflection, refraction, and diffraction 2-12status 7-23timeout period 7-39See also radio frequencyRF module 1-6RF signalelectrical interference 2-13reflection, refraction, and diffraction 2-12RF transceiver FPGA version 7-18RF transceiver I filter chip version 7-18
5I-RF transceiver Q filter chip version 7-18RF transmission 8-15continuous 8-16host control 8-16vehicle detector control 8-15RF0filter status 7-26RF-by-input control 7-34RS–232 interface 2-17RS–422 interface 2-17Ssecond successful tag read screen 8-12Security Sticker Tagremoving 3-12SeGo 1-3, 3-3selectATA operating range 7-34basic protocol 7-30baud rate 7-6eGo/eGo Plus operating range 7-35error correcting protocol 7-30error correcting protocol timeout 7-30flow control option 7-31input inversion option 7-40input status change report option 7-43parity 7-7presence without tag report option 7-38RF control algorithm 7-39RF timeout period 7-39RF-by-input control 7-34stop bits 7-6unique ID code criteria 7-11valid ID code criteria for RF channel0 7-12sense input/output circuits, sample 4-26sense inputs 8-16sense output devices 8-16serial number 7-41serial port communications 8-17set IAG RF attenuation 7-35output pulse duration 7-37reader ID number 7-30RF attenuation 7-34serial number 7-41uniqueness timeout 7-12Wiegand retransmit interval 7-15set date 7-8set time 7-7shipping carton contents 4-3shipping carton label 8-3sign-on message 5-6, 8-9site plan 2-3site plan, developing 2-3–2-18software commands 7-3software version 7-18software-related information 5-3startup 5-6stop bits 7-6store hardware configuration string 7-41successful tag read screen 8-11Super eGo 1-3, 3-3switch tocommand mode 7-5data mode 7-5system description 1-5system guideaudience 1-3organization 1-3purpose 1-3Ttagchoosing, installing, and removing 3-3compatible 1-6compatible types 3-3installingalternate mounting locationsrequired materials 3-25ATA interior tagsrequired materials 3-19ATA license plate tagsrequired materials 3-21ATA-mode tags 3-18eGo Plus License Plate Tag 3-13eGo Plus LPTrequired materials 3-13eGo Plus Sticker Tags 3-7eGo Windshield Sticker Tags 3-15license-plate mounted 3-21windshield sticker tagsrequired materials 3-16windshield-type sticker tagsrequired materials 3-8models 3-3positioningATA-mode tag 3-19eGo Plus LPT 3-13eGo Plus Sticker Tag 3-8eGo Windshield Sticker Tag 3-16license plate-mount tag 3-22reading mixed population 2-3removingATA/ISO tag 3-21types 3-3tag decoder 1-6tag positions 2-7tag read capabilityverifying 8-10
Encompass 4H Reader System GuideI-6tag translation modestatus 7-27tape installation 3-26Technical Support 1-7technical support 1-7, 9-6terminal emulation softwarestarting 8-6using to configure parameters 8-5testingEncompass 4 Reader 4-10pre-installation 4-4using audible circuit tester 4-5ticket island 2-11timeset 7-7time and datedisplay 7-8timing and synchronization 6-11traffic flow 2-8transmission formats, 7-8transmission timeout 6-13transmit all ID codes 7-11troubleshooting 9-3, 9-3–9-6remedies 9-4symptoms 9-4typographical conventions 1-5Vvehicle detector 8-15verifycommunications 8-8tag read capability 8-10WWarningminimum safe distance for maintenance personnel, 1-vWeb site, support 9-6Wiegand 3-3interface 2-17mode 7-13mode status 7-27retransmit interval 7-15, 7-27wiring tables C-3wrong sequence number 6-12, 6-13

Navigation menu